-
1 Mind-body Problem
From this I knew that I was a substance the whole essence or nature of which is to think, and that for its existence there is no need of any place, nor does it depend on any material thing; so that this "me," that is to say, the soul by which I am what I am, is entirely distinct from body, and is even more easy to know than is the latter; and even if body were not, the soul would not cease to be what it is. (Descartes, 1970a, p. 101)still remains to be explained how that union and apparent intermingling [of mind and body]... can be found in you, if you are incorporeal, unextended and indivisible.... How, at least, can you be united with the brain, or some minute part in it, which (as has been said) must yet have some magnitude or extension, however small it be? If you are wholly without parts how can you mix or appear to mix with its minute subdivisions? For there is no mixture unless each of the things to be mixed has parts that can mix with one another. (Gassendi, 1970, p. 201)here are... certain things which we experience in ourselves and which should be attributed neither to the mind nor body alone, but to the close and intimate union that exists between the body and the mind.... Such are the appetites of hunger, thirst, etc., and also the emotions or passions of the mind which do not subsist in mind or thought alone... and finally all the sensations. (Descartes, 1970b, p. 238)With any other sort of mind, absolute Intelligence, Mind unattached to a particular body, or Mind not subject to the course of time, the psychologist as such has nothing to do. (James, 1890, p. 183)[The] intention is to furnish a psychology that shall be a natural science: that is to represent psychical processes as quantitatively determinate states of specifiable material particles, thus making these processes perspicuous and free from contradiction. (Freud, 1966, p. 295)The thesis is that the mental is nomologically irreducible: there may be true general statements relating the mental and the physical, statements that have the logical form of a law; but they are not lawlike (in a strong sense to be described). If by absurdly remote chance we were to stumble on a non-stochastic true psychophysical generalization, we would have no reason to believe it more than roughly true. (Davidson, 1970, p. 90)We can divide those who uphold the doctrine that men are machines, or a similar doctrine, into two categories: those who deny the existence of mental events, or personal experiences, or of consciousness;... and those who admit the existence of mental events, but assert that they are "epiphenomena"-that everything can be explained without them, since the material world is causally closed. (Popper & Eccles, 1977, p. 5)Mind affects brain and brain affects mind. That is the message, and by accepting it you commit yourself to a special view of the world. It is a view that shows the limits of the genetic imperative on what we turn out to be, both intellectually and emotionally. It decrees that, while the secrets of our genes express themselves with force throughout our lives, the effect of that information on our bodies can be influenced by our psychological history and beliefs about the world. And, just as important, the other side of the same coin argues that what we construct in our minds as objective reality may simply be our interpretations of certain bodily states dictated by our genes and expressed through our physical brains and body. Put differently, various attributes of mind that seem to have a purely psychological origin are frequently a product of the brain's interpreter rationalizing genetically driven body states. Make no mistake about it: this two-sided view of mind-brain interactions, if adopted, has implications for the management of one's personal life. (Gazzaniga, 1988, p. 229)Historical dictionary of quotations in cognitive science > Mind-body Problem
-
2 произвести осмотр тела
Law: view the bodyУниверсальный русско-английский словарь > произвести осмотр тела
-
3 БИБЛИОГРАФИЯ
Мы приняли следующие сокращения для наиболее часто упоминаемых книг и журналов:IJP - International Journal of Psycho-analysisJAPA - Journal of the American Psychoanalytic AssociationSE - Standard Edition of the Complete Psychological Works of Sigmund Freud, ed. James Strachey (London: Hogarth Press and the Institute of Psycho-Analysis, 1953—74.)PSOC - Psychoanalytic Study of the Child (New Haven: Yale University Press)PQ - Psychoanalytic QuarterlyWAF - The Writings of Anna Freud, ed. Anna Freud (New York: International Universities Press, 1966—74)PMC - Psychoanalysis The Major Concepts ed. Burness E. Moore and Bernard D. Fine (New Haven: Yale University Press)\О словаре: _about - Psychoanalytic Terms and Concepts\1. Abend, S. M. Identity. PMC. Forthcoming.2. Abend, S. M. (1974) Problems of identity. PQ, 43.3. Abend, S. M., Porder, M. S. & Willick, M. S. (1983) Borderline Patients. New York: Int. Univ. Press.4. Abraham, K. (1916) The first pregenital stage of libido. Selected Papers. London, Hogarth Press, 1948.5. Abraham, K. (1917) Ejaculatio praecox. In: selected Papers. New York Basic Books.6. Abraham, K. (1921) Contributions to the theory of the anal character. Selected Papers. New York: Basic Books, 1953.7. Abraham, K. (1924) A Short study of the development of the libido, viewed in the light of mental disorders. In: Selected Papers. London: Hogarth Press, 1927.8. Abraham, K. (1924) Manic-depressive states and the pre-genital levels of the libido. In: Selected Papers. London: Hogarth Press, 1949.9. Abraham, K. (1924) Selected Papers. London: Hogarth Press, 1948.10. Abraham, K. (1924) The influence of oral erotism on character formation. Ibid.11. Abraham, K. (1925) The history of an impostor in the light of psychoanalytic knowledge. In: Clinical Papers and Essays on Psychoanalysis. New York: Basic Books, 1955, vol. 2.12. Abrams, S. (1971) The psychoanalytic unconsciousness. In: The Unconscious Today, ed. M. Kanzer. New York: Int. Univ. Press.13. Abrams, S. (1981) Insight. PSOC, 36.14. Abse, D W. (1985) The depressive character In Depressive States and their Treatment, ed. V. Volkan New York: Jason Aronson.15. Abse, D. W. (1985) Hysteria and Related Mental Disorders. Bristol: John Wright.16. Ackner, B. (1954) Depersonalization. J. Ment. Sci., 100.17. Adler, A. (1924) Individual Psychology. New York: Harcourt, Brace.18. Akhtar, S. (1984) The syndrome of identity diffusion. Amer. J. Psychiat., 141.19. Alexander, F. (1950) Psychosomatic Medicine. New York: Norton.20. Allen, D. W. (1974) The Feat- of Looking. Charlottesvill, Va: Univ. Press of Virginia.21. Allen, D. W. (1980) Psychoanalytic treatment of the exhibitionist. In: Exhibitionist, Description, Assessment, and Treatment, ed. D. Cox. New York: Garland STPM Press.22. Allport, G. (1937) Personality. New York: Henry Holt.23. Almansi, R. J. (1960) The face-breast equation. JAPA, 6.24. Almansi, R. J. (1979) Scopophilia and object loss. PQ, 47.25. Altman, L. Z. (1969) The Dream in Psychoanalysis. New York: Int. Univ. Press.26. Altman, L. Z. (1977) Some vicissitudes of love. JAPA, 25.27. American Psychiatric Association. (1987) Diagnostic and Statistical Manual of Mental Disorders, 3d ed. revised. Washington, D. C.28. Ansbacher, Z. & Ansbacher, R. (1956) The Individual Psychology of Alfred Adler. New York: Basic Books.29. Anthony, E. J. (1981) Shame, guilt, and the feminine self in psychoanalysis. In: Object and Self, ed. S. Tuttman, C. Kaye & M. Zimmerman. New York: Int. Univ. Press.30. Arlow. J. A. (1953) Masturbation and symptom formation. JAPA, 1.31. Arlow. J. A. (1959) The structure of the deja vu experience. JAPA, 7.32. Arlow. J. A. (1961) Ego psychology and the study of mythology. JAPA, 9.33. Arlow. J. A. (1963) Conflict, regression and symptom formation. IJP, 44.34. Arlow. J. A. (1966) Depersonalization and derealization. In: Psychoanalysis: A General Psychology, ed. R. M. Loewenstein, L. M. Newman, M. Schur & A. J. Solnit. New York: Int. Univ. Press.35. Arlow. J. A. (1969) Fantasy, memory and reality testing. PQ, 38.36. Arlow. J. A. (1969) Unconscious fantasy and disturbances of mental experience. PQ, 38.37. Arlow. J. A. (1970) The psychopathology of the psychoses. IJP, 51.38. Arlow. J. A. (1975) The structural hypothesis. PQ, 44.39. Arlow. J. A. (1977) Affects and the psychoanalytic situation. IJP, 58.40. Arlow. J. A. (1979) Metaphor and the psychoanalytic situation. PQ, 48.41. Arlow. J. A. (1979) The genesis of interpretation. JAPA, 27 (suppl.).42. Arlow. J. A. (1982) Problems of the superego concept. PSOC, 37.43. Arlow. J. A. (1984) Disturbances of the sense of time. PQ, 53.44. Arlow. J. A. (1985) Some technical problems of countertransference. PQ, 54.45. Arlow, J. A. & Brenner, C. (1963) Psychoanalytic Concepts and the Structural Theory, New York: Int. Univ. Press.46. Arlow, J. A. & Brenner, C. (1969) The psychopathology of the psychoses. IJP, 50.47. Asch, S. S. (1966) Depression. PSOC, 21.48. Asch, S. S. (1976) Varieties of negative therapeutic reactions and problems of technique. JAPA, 24.49. Atkins, N. (1970) The Oedipus myth. Adolescence, and the succession of generations. JAPA, 18.50. Atkinson, J. W. & Birch, D. (1970) The Dynamics of Action. New York: Wiley.51. Bachrach, H. M. & Leaff, L. A. (1978) Analyzability. JAPA, 26.52. Bacon, C. (1956) A developmental theory of female homosexuality. In: Perversions,ed, S. Lorand & M. Balint. New York: Gramercy.53. Bak, R. C. (1953) Fetishism. JAPA. 1.54. Bak, R. C. (1968) The phallic woman. PSOC, 23.55. Bak, R. C. & Stewart, W. A. (1974) Fetishism, transvestism, and voyeurism. An American Handbook of Psychiatry, ed. S. Arieti. New York: Basic Books, vol. 3.56. Balint, A. (1949) Love for mother and mother-love. IJP, 30.57. Balter, L., Lothane, Z. & Spencer, J. H. (1980) On the analyzing instrument, PQ, 49.58. Basch, M. F. (1973) Psychoanalysis and theory formation. Ann. Psychoanal., 1.59. Basch, M. F. (1976) The concept of affect. JAPA, 24.60. Basch, M. F. (1981) Selfobject disorders and psychoanalytic theory. JAPA, 29.61. Basch, M. F. (1983) Emphatic understanding. JAPA. 31.62. Balldry, F. Character. PMC. Forthcoming.63. Balldry, F. (1983) The evolution of the concept of character in Freud's writings. JAPA. 31.64. Begelman, D. A. (1971) Misnaming, metaphors, the medical model and some muddles. Psychiatry, 34.65. Behrends, R. S. & Blatt, E. J. (1985) Internalization and psychological development throughout the life cycle. PSOC, 40.66. Bell, A. (1961) Some observations on the role of the scrotal sac and testicles JAPA, 9.67. Benedeck, T. (1949) The psychosomatic implications of the primary unit. Amer. J. Orthopsychiat., 19.68. Beres, C. (1958) Vicissitudes of superego functions and superego precursors in childhood. FSOC, 13.69. Beres, D. Conflict. PMC. Forthcoming.70. Beres, D. (1956) Ego deviation and the concept of schizophrenia. PSOC, 11.71. Beres, D. (1960) Perception, imagination and reality. IJP, 41.72. Beres, D. (1960) The psychoanalytic psychology of imagination. JAPA, 8.73. Beres, D. & Joseph, E. D. (1965) Structure and function in psychoanalysis. IJP, 46.74. Beres, D. (1970) The concept of mental representation in psychoanalysis. IJP, 51.75. Berg, M D. (1977) The externalizing transference. IJP, 58.76. Bergeret, J. (1985) Reflection on the scientific responsi bilities of the International Psychoanalytical Association. Memorandum distributed at 34th IPA Congress, Humburg.77. Bergman, A. (1978) From mother to the world outside. In: Grolnick et. al. (1978).78. Bergmann, M. S. (1980) On the intrapsychic function of falling in love. PQ, 49.79. Berliner, B. (1966) Psychodynamics of the depressive character. Psychoanal. Forum, 1.80. Bernfeld, S. (1931) Zur Sublimierungslehre. Imago, 17.81. Bibring, E. (1937) On the theory of the therapeutic results of psychoanalysis. IJP, 18.82. Bibring, E. (1941) The conception of the repetition compulsion. PQ, 12.83. Bibring, E. (1953) The mechanism of depression. In: Affective Disorders, ed. P. Greenacre. New York: Int. Univ. Press.84. Bibring, E. (1954) Psychoanalysis and the dynamic psychotherapies. JAPA, 2.85. Binswanger, H. (1963) Positive aspects of the animus. Zьrich: Spring.86. Bion Francesca Abingdon: Fleetwood Press.87. Bion, W. R. (1952) Croup dynamics. IJP, 33.88. Bion, W. R. (1961) Experiences in Groups. London: Tavistock.89. Bion, W. R. (1962) A theory of thinking. IJP, 40.90. Bion, W. R. (1962) Learning from Experience. London: William Heinemann.91. Bion, W. R. (1963) Elements of Psychoanalysis. London: William Heinemann.92. Bion, W. R. (1965) Transformations. London: William Heinemann.93. Bion, W. R. (1970) Attention and Interpretation. London: Tavistock.94. Bion, W. R. (1985) All My Sins Remembered, ed. Francesca Bion. Adingdon: Fleetwood Press.95. Bird, B. (1972) Notes on transference. JAPA, 20.96. Blanck, G. & Blanck, R. (1974) Ego Psychology. New York: Columbia Univ. Press.97. Blatt, S. J. (1974) Levels of object representation in anaclitic and introjective depression. PSOC, 29.98. Blau, A. (1955) A unitary hypothesis of emotion. PQ, 24.99. Bleuler, E. (1911) Dementia Praecox or the Group of Schizophrenias. New York: Int. Univ. Press, 1951.100. Blos, P. (1954) Prolonged adolescence. Amer. J. Orthopsychiat., 24.101. Blos, P. (1962) On Adolescence. New York: Free Press.102. Blos, P. (1972) The epigenesia of the adult neurosis. 27.103. Blos, P. (1979) Modification in the traditional psychoanalytic theory of adolescent development. Adolescent Psychiat., 8.104. Blos, P. (1984) Son and father. JAPA_. 32.105. Blum, G. S. (1963) Prepuberty and adolescence, In Studies ed. R. E. Grinder. New York: McMillan.106. Blum, H. P. Symbolism. FMC. Forthcoming.107. Blum, H. P. (1976) Female Psychology. JAPA, 24 (suppl.).108. Blum, H. P. (1976) Masochism, the ego ideal and the psychology of women. JAPA, 24 (suppl.).109. Blum, H. P. (1980) The value of reconstruction in adult psychoanalysis. IJP, 61.110. Blum, H. P. (1981) Forbidden quest and the analytic ideal. PQ, 50.111. Blum, H. P. (1983) Defense and resistance. Foreword. JAFA, 31.112. Blum, H. P., Kramer, Y., Richards, A. K. & Richards, A. D., eds. (1988) Fantasy, Myth and Reality: Essays in Honor of Jacob A. Arlow. Madison, Conn.: Int. Univ. Press.113. Boehm, F. (1930) The femininity-complex In men. IJP,11.114. Boesky, D. Structural theory. PMC. Forthcoming.115. Boesky, D. (1973) Deja raconte as a screen defense. PQ, 42.116. Boesky, D. (1982) Acting out. IJP, 63.117. Boesky, D. (1986) Questions about Sublimation In Psychoanalysis the Science of Mental Conflict, ed. A. D. Richards & M. S. Willick. Hillsdale, N. J.: Analytic Press.118. Bornstein, B. (1935) Phobia in a 2 1/2-year-old child. PQ, 4.119. Bornstein, B. (1951) On latency. PSOC, 6.120. Bornstein, M., ed. (1983) Values and neutrality in psychoanalysis. Psychoanal. Inquiry, 3.121. Bowlby, J. (1960) Grief and morning in infancy and early childhood. PSOC. 15.122. Bowlby, J. (1961) Process of mourning. IJP. 42.123. Bowlby, J. (1980) Attachment and Loss, vol. 3. New York: Basic Books.124. Bradlow, P. A. (1973) Depersonalization, ego splitting, non-human fantasy and shame. IJP, 54.125. Brazelton, T. B., Kozlowsky, B. & Main, M. (1974) The early motherinfant interaction. In: The Effect of the Infant on Its Caregiver, ed. M. Lewis & L. Rosenblum New York Wiley.126. Brenner, C. (1957) The nature and development of the concept of repression in Freud's writings. PSOC, 12.127. Brenner, C. (1959) The masochistic character. JAPA, 7.128. Brenner, C. (1973) An Elementary Textbook of Psycho-analysis. New York Int. Univ. Press.129. Brenner, C. (1974) On the nature and development of affects PQ, 43.130. Brenner, C. (1976) Psychoanalytic Technique and Psychic Conflict. New York: Int. Univ. Press.131. Brenner, C. (1979) The Mind in Conflict. New York: Int. Univ. Press.132. Brenner, C. (1979) Working alliance, therapeutic alliance and transference. JAPA, 27.133. Brenner, C. (1981) Defense and defense mechanisms. PQ, 50.134. Brenner, C. (1983) Defense. In: the Mind in Conflict. New York Int. Univ. Press.135. Bressler, B. (1965) The concept of the self. Psychoanalytic Review, 52.136. Breuer, J. & Freud, S. (1983—95) Studies on Hysteria. SE, 3.137. Breznitz, S., ed. (1983) The Denial of Stress. New York: Int. Univ. Press.138. Brody, S. (1964) Passivity. New York: Int. Univ. Press.139. Brown, H. (1970) Psycholinquistics. New York: Free Press.140. Bruner, J. S. (1964) The course of cognitive growth. Amer. Psychologist. 19.141. Bruner, J., Jolly, A. & Sylva, K. (1976) Play. New York Basic Books.142. Bruner, J. E., Olver, R. R. &Greenfield, P. M. (1966) Studies in Cognitive Growth. New York: Wiley.143. Buie, D H. (1981) Empathy. JAPA, 29.144. Burgner, M. & Edgeumble, R. (1972) Some problems in the conceptualization of early object relationships. PSOC, 27.145. Call, J. ed. (1979) Basic Handbook of Child Psychiatry. New York: Basic Books.146. Carroll, G. (1956) Language, Thought and Reality. Cambridge & London: M. I. T. Press & John Wiley.147. Cavenar, J. O. & Nash, J. L. (1976) The effects of Combat on the normal personality. Comprehensive Psychiat., 17.148. Chassequet-Smirgel, J. (1978) Reflections on the connection between perversion and sadism. IJP, 59.149. Chomsky, N. (1978) Language and unconscious knowledge. In: Psychoanalysis and Language, ed. J. H. Smith. New Haven: Yale Univ. Press, vol. 3.150. Clower, V. (1975) Significance of masturbation in female sexual development and function. In: Masturbation from Infancy to Senescence, ed. I. Marcus & J. Francis. New York: Int. Uni" Press.151. Coen, S. J. & Bradlow, P. A. (1982) Twin transference as a compromise formation. JAPA, 30.152. Compton, A. Object and relationships. PMC. Forthcoming.153. Cullen, W. (1777) First Lines of the Practice of Psysic. Edinburgh: Bell, Brandfute.154. Curtis, B. C. (1969) Psychoanalytic understanding and treatment of impotence. In: Sexual Function and Dysfunction, ed. P. J. Fink & V. B. O. Hummett. Philadelphia: F. A. Davis.155. Darwin, C. (1874) The Descent of Man. New York: Hurst.156. Davidoff-Hirsch, H. (1985) Oedipal and preoedipal phenomena. JAPA, 33.157. Davis, M. & Wallbridge, D. (1981) Boundary and Space. New York: Brunner-Mazel.158. Deutsch, H. (1932) Homosexuality in women. PQ, 1.159. Deutsch, H. (1934) Some forms of emotional disturbance and their relationship to schizophrenia. PQ, 11.160. Deutsch, H. (1937) Absence of grief. PQ, 6.161. Deutsch, H. (1942) Some forms of emotional disturbance and their relationship to schizophrenia. PQ, 11.162. Deutsch, H. (1955) The impostor. In: Neuroses and Character Types. New York: Int. Univ. Press, 1965.163. Devereux, G. (1953) Why Oedipus killed Lains. IJP, 34.164. Dewald, P. (1982) Psychoanalytic perspectives On resistance. In: resistance, Psychodynamics. and Behavioral Approaches, ed. P. Wachtel. New York: Plenum Press.165. Dickes, R. (1963) Fetishistic behavior. JAPA. 11.166. Dickes, R. (1965) The defensive function of an altered state of consciousness. JAPA, 13.167. Dickes, R. (1967) Severe regressive disruption of the therapeutic alliance. JAPA, 15.168. Dickes, R. (1981) Sexual myths and misinformation. In: Understanding Human Behaviour in Health and Illness, ed. R. C. Simon & H. Pardes. Baltimore: Williams & Wilkins.169. Dorpat, T. L. (1985) Denial and Defense in the Therapeutic Situation. New York: Jason Aronson.170. Downey, T. W. (1978) Transitional phenomena in the analysis of early adolescent males. PSOC, 33.171. Dunbar, F. (1954) Emotions and Bodily Functions. New York: Columbia Univ. Press.172. Easson, W. M. (1973) The earliest ego development, primitive memory traces, and the Isakower phenomenon. PQ, 42.173. Edelheit, H. (1971) Mythopoiesis and the primal scene. Psychoanal. Study Society, 5.174. Edgcumbe, R. & Burgner, M. (1972) Some problems in the conceptualization of early object relation ships, part I. PSOC, 27.175. Edgcumbe, R. & Burgner, M. (1975) The phallicnarcissistic phase. PSOC, 30.176. Eidelberg, L. (1960) A third contribution to the study of slips of the tongue. IJP, 41.177. Eidelberg, L. (1968) Encyclopedia of Psychoanalysis. New York: The Free Press; London: Collier-MacMillan.178. Eissler, K. R. (1953) The effect of the structure of the ego on psychoanalytic technique. JAPA, 1.179. Ellenberg, H. F. (1970) The Discovery of the Unconscious. New York: Basic Books.180. Emde, R. N. (1980) Toward a psychoanalytic theory of affect: I. & G. H. Pollock. Washington NYMH.181. Emde R., Gaensbaner, T. & Harmon R. (1976) Emotional Expression in Infancy. New York: Int. Univ. Press.182. Erode R. & Harmon, R. J. (1972) Endogenous and exogenous smiling systems in early infancy. J. Amer. Acad. Child Psychiat., 11.183. Engel, G. L. (1962) Psychological Development in Health and Disease. New York Saunders.184. Engel, G. L. (1967) Psychoanalytic theory of somatic disorder. JAPA, 15.185. Engel, G. L. (1968) A reconsideration of the role of conversion in somatic disease. Compr. Psychiat., 94.186. English, H. B. & English, A. C. (1958) A comprehensive Dictionary of Psychological and Psychoanalytical Terms. New York: David McKay.187. Erard, R. (1983) New wine in old skins. Int. Rev. Psychoanal., 10.188. Erdelyi, M. H. (1985) Psychoanalysis. New York: W. H. Freeman.189. Erikson, E. H. (1950) Childhood and Society. New York: Norton.190. Erikson, E. H. (1956) The concept of ego identity. JAPA, 4.191. Erikson, E. H. (1956) The problem of ego identity. JAPA, 4.192. Esman, A. H. (1973) The primal scene. PSOC, 28.193. Esman, A. H. (1975) The Psychology of Adolescence. New York: Int. Univ. Press.194. Esman, A. H. (1979) Some reflections on boredom. JAPA, 27.195. Esman, A. H. (1983) The "stimulus barrier": a review and reconsideration. PSOC, 38.196. Fairbairn, W. R. D. (1952) Psychoanalytic Studies of the Personality. London: Routledge & Kegan Paul.197. Fairbairn, W. R. D. (1954) An Object-Relations Theory of the Personality. New York: Basic Books.198. Fairbairn, W. R. D. (1963) Synopsis of an Object-Relations theory of the personality. IJP, 44.199. Fawcett, J., Clark, D. C., Scheftner, W. H. & Hedecker, D. (1983) Differences between anhedonia and normal hedonic depressive states. Arch. Gen. Psychiat., 40.200. Fenichel, O. (1934) On the psychology of boredom. Collected Papers. New York: Norton, 1953, vol. 1.201. Fenichel, O. (1941) Problems of Psychoanalytic Technique. Albany, N. Y.: Psychoanalytic Quaterly.202. Fenichel, O. (1945) Character disorders. In: The Psychoanalytic Theory of the Neurosis. New York: Norton.203. Fenichel, O. (1945) The Psychoanalytic Theory of Neurosis New York: Norton.204. Fenichel, O. (1954) Ego strength and ego weakness. Collected Papers. New York: Norton, vol. 2.205. Ferenczi, S. (1909) Introjection and transference. In: Sex in Psychoanalysis. New York: Basic Books.206. Ferenczi, S. (191617) Disease or patho-neurosis. The Theory and Technique of Psychoanalysis. London: Hogarth Press, 1950.207. Ferenczi, S. (1925) Psychoanalysis of sexual habits. In: The Theory and Technique of Psychoanalysis. New York: Basic Books.208. Fine, B. D., Joseph, E. D. & Waldhorn, H. F., eds. (1971) Recollection and Reconstruction in Psychoanalysis. Monograph 4, Kris Study Group. New York: Int. Univ. Press.209. Fink, G. (1967) Analysis of the Isakower phenomenon. JAPA, 15.210. Fink, P. J. (1970) Correlation between "actual" neurosis and the work of Masters and Johson. P. Q, 39.211. Finkenstein, L. (1975) Awe premature ejaculation. P. Q, 44.212. Firestein, S. K. (1978) A review of the literature. In: Termination in Psychoanalysis. New York: Int. Univ. Press.213. Fisher, C. et. al. (1957) A study of the preliminary stages of the construction of dreams and images. JAPA, 5.214. Fisher, C. et. al. (1968) Cycle of penile erection synchronous with dreaming (REM) sleep. Arch. Gen. Psychiat., 12.215. Fliess, R. (1942) The metapsychology of the analyst. PQ, 12.216. Fliess, R. (1953) The Revival of Interest in the Dream. New York: Int. Univ. Press.217. Fodor, N. & Gaynor, F. (1950) Freud: Dictionary of Psycho-analysis. New York: Philosophical Library.218. Fordham, M. (1969) Children as Individuals. London: Hodder & Stoughton.219. Fordham, M. (1976) The Self and Autism. London: Academic Press.220. Fraiberg, S. (1969) Object constancy and mental representation. PSOC, 24.221. Frank, A. Metapsychology. PMS. Forthcoming.222. Frank, A. & Muslin, H. (1967) The development of Freud's concept of primal repression. PSOC, 22.223. Frank, H. (1977) Dynamic patterns for failure in college students. Can. Psychiat. Ass. J., 22.224. French, T. & Fromm, E. (1964) Dream Interpretation. New York: Basic Books.225. Freud, A. (1936) The Ego and the Mechanisms of Defense. New York Int. Univ. Press.226. Freud, A. (1951) Observations on child development. PSOC, 6.227. Freud, A. (1952) The mutual influences in the development of ego and id. WAF, 4.228. Freud, A. (1958) Adolescence. WAF, 5.229. Freud, A. (1962) Assessment of childhood disturbances. PSOC, 17.230. Freud, A. (1962) Comments on psychic trauma. In: Furst (1967).231. Freud, A. (1963) The concept of developmental lines. PSOC, 18.232. Freud, A. (1965) Assessment of pathology, part 2. WAF, 6.233. Freud, A. (1965) Normality and Pathology in Childhood. New York: Int. Univ. Press.234. Freud, A. (1970) The infantile neurosis. WAF, 7.235. Freud, A. (1971) Comments on aggression. IJP, 53.236. Freud, A. (1971) The infantile neurosis. PSOC, 26.237. Freud, A. (1981) Insight. PSOC, 36.238. Freud, S. (1887—1902) Letters to Wilhelm Fliess. New York: Basic Books, 1954.239. Freud, S. (1891) On the interpretation of the aphasias. SE, 3.240. Freud, S. (1893—95) Studies on hysteria. SE, 2.241. Freud, S. (1894) The neuropsychoses of defence. SE, 3.242. Freud, S. (1895) On the ground for detaching a particular syndrome from neurasthenia under the description "anxiety neurosis". SE, 3.243. Freud, S. (1895) Project for a scientific psychology. SE, 1.244. Freud, S. (1896) Draft K, Jameary 1, 1896, Neuroses of defense (A Christmas fairytale). In: Extracts from the Fliess papers (1892—99).245. Freud, S. (1896) Further remarks on the neuropsychosis of defense. SE, 3.246. Freud, S. (1896) Heredity and aetiology of neurosis. SE, 3.247. Freud, S. (1898) Sexuality in the aetiology of the neurosis. SE, 3.248. Freud, S. (1899) Screen memories. SE, 3.249. Freud, S. (1900) The interpretation of dreams. SE, 4—5.250. Freud, S. (1901) Childhood memories and screen memories SE, 6.251. Freud, S. (1901) On dreams. SE, 5.252. Freud, S. (1901) The psychopathology of everyday life. SE, 6.253. Freud, S. (1905) Fragments of an analysis of a case of hysteria. SE, 7.254. Freud, S. (1905) Jokes and their relation to the unconscious. SE, 8.255. Freud, S. (1905) Psysical (or mental) treatment. SE, 7.256. Freud, S. (1905) Three essays on the theory of sexuality. SE. 7.257. Freud, S. (1908) Character and anal erotism. SE, 9.258. Freud, S. (1908) On the sexual theories of children. SE, 9.259. Freud, S. (1908) Preface to Wilhelm Stekel's Nervous Anxiety-States and Their Treatment. SE, 9.260. Freud, S. (1909) Analysis of a phobia in a five-year-old boy. SE, 10.261. Freud, S. (1909) Family romances. SE, 9.262. Freud, S. (1909) Notes upon a case of obsessional neurosis. SE, 10.263. Freud, S. (1910) A special type of choice of object made by men. SE, 11.264. Freud, S. (1910) The autithentical meaning of primal words. SE, 11.265. Freud, S. (1910) The future prospects of psychoanalytic therapy. SE, 11.266. Freud, S. (1910) The psychoanalytic view of psychogenic disturbance of vision. SE, 11.267. Freud, S. (1911) Formulations on the two principles of mental functioning. SE, 12.268. Freud, S. (1911) Notes on a case of paranoia. SE, 12.269. Freud, S. (1911) Psychoanalytic notes on an autobiographical account of a case of paranoia. SE, 12.270. Freud, S. (1911—15) Papers on technique. SE, 12.271. Freud, S. (1912) Contribution to a discussion on masturbation. SE, 12.272. Freud, S. (1912) On the universal tendency to abasement in the sphere of love. SE, 11.273. Freud, S. (1912) The dynamics of transference. SE, 12.274. Freud, S. (1913) Editor's note The disposition to obsessional neurosis. SE, 12.275. Freud, S. (1913) On beginning the treatment. SE, 12.276. Freud, S. (1913) Totem and taboo. SE, 13.277. Freud, S. (1914) Fausse reconnaissance (deja reconte) in psychoanalytic treatment. SE, 13.278. Freud, S. (1914) Mourning and melancholia. SE, 15.279. Freud, S. (1914) Observations on transference love. SE, 12.280. Freud, S. (1914) On narcissism. SE. 14.281. Freud, S. (1914) On the history of the psychoanalytic movement. SE, 14.282. Freud, S. (1914) Remembering, repeating, and working-through. SE, 12.283. Freud, S. (1914—16) Some character types met with in psychoanalysis. (II) Those wrecked by success SE, 14.284. Freud, S. (1915) Das UnbewuЯte. Gesammelte Werke, 10.285. Freud, S. (1915) Instincts and their vicissitudes. SE, 14.286. Freud, S. (1915) Observation on transference-love. SE, I2.287. Freud, S. (1915) Repression. SE, 14.288. Freud, S. (1915) The unconscious. SE, 14.289. Freud, S. (1915—17) Introductory lectures on psychoanalysis. SE, 15 & 16.290. Freud, S. (1916) Introductory lectures on psychoanalysis. SE, 16.291. Freud, S. (1916) Some character types met with in psychoanalytic work. SE, 16.292. Freud, S. (1917) A metapsychological supplement to the theory of dreams. SE, 14.293. Freud, S. (1917) Introductory lectures on psychoanalysis. SE, 16.294. Freud, S. (1917) Mourning and melancholia. SE, 14.295. Freud, S. (1917) On transformations of instinct as exemplified in anal erotism. SE, 17.296. Freud, S. (1918) From the history of an infantile neurosis. SE, 17.297. Freud, S. (1919) "A child is being beaten". SE, 17.298. Freud, S. (1919) Lines of advance in psychoanalytic therapy. SE, 17.299. Freud, S. (1919) The uncanny. SE, 17.300. Freud, S. (1920) Beyond the pleasure principle. SE, 18.301. Freud, S. (1920) The Psychogenesis of a case of homosexuality in a woman. SE, 18.302. Freud, S. (1921) Group psychology and the analysis of the ego. SE, 18.303. Freud, S. (1923) The ego and the id. SE, 19.304. Freud, S. (1923) The infantile genital organization. SE, 19.305. Freud, S. (1924) A short account of psychoanalysis. SE, 19.306. Freud, S. (1924) Neurosis and psychosis. SE, 19.307. Freud, S. (1924) The dissolution of the Oedipus complex SE, 19.308. Freud, S. (1924) The economic problem of masochism. SE, 19.309. Freud, S. (1924) The loss of reality in neurosis and psychosis. SE, 19.310. Freud, S. (1925) Negation. SE, 19.311. Freud, S. (1925) Some psychical consequences of the anatomical distinction between the sexes. SE, 19.312. Freud, S. (1926) Inhibitions, symptoms and anxiety. SE, 20.313. Freud, S. (1926) The question of lay analysis. SE, 20.314. Freud, S. (1927) Fetishism. SE, 21.315. Freud, S. (1930) Civilization and its discontents. SE, 21.316. Freud, S. (1931) Female sexuality. SE, 21.317. Freud, S. (1931) Libidinal types. SE, 21.318. Freud, S. (1933) Femininity. SE, 22,.319. Freud, S. (1933) New introductory lectures on psycho-analysis. SE, 22.320. Freud, S. (1933) The psychology of women. New introductory lectures on psychoanalysis. SE, 22.321. Freud, S. (1936) A disturbance of memory on the Acropolis. SE, 22.322. Freud, S. (1937) Analysis terminable and interminable. SE, 23.323. Freud, S. (1937) Constructions in analysis. SE, 23.324. Freud, S. (1938) An outline on psychoanalysis. SE, 23.325. Freud, S. (1938) Splitting of the ego in the process of defense. SE, 23.326. Freud, S. (1939) Moses and monotheism. SE, 23.327. Freud, S. (1940) An outline of psychoanalysis. SE, 23.328. Frosch, J. (1966) A note on reality constancy. In: Psychoanalysis — A General Psychology, ed. R. M. Loewenstein, L. M. Newman, M. Schur & A. J. Solnit. New York: Int. Univ. Press.329. Frosch, J. (1967) Delusional fixity sense of conviction and the psychotic conflict. IJP, 48.330. Frosch, J. (1977) The relation between acting out and disorders of impulse control. Psychiatry, 40.331. Frosch, J. (1980) Neurosis and psychosis. In: The Course of Life, ed. S. J. Greenspan & G. H. Pollock. Washington, D. C.: National Institute of Health, vol. 3.332. Frosch, J. (1983) The Psychotic Process. New York: Int. Univ. Press.333. Furer, M. (1972) The history of the superego concept in psychoanalysis. In: Moral Value and the Superego concept in Psychoanalysis, ed. S. C. Fost. New York: Int. Univ. Press.334. Furman, E. (1974) A Child s Parent Dies. New Heaven: Yale Univ. Press.335. Furman, E. (1980) Transference and externalization. PSOC, 35.336. Furst, S. Trauma. PMC, Forthcoming.337. Furst, S. (1967) Psychic trauma. In: Psychic Trauma, ed. S. S. Furst. New York: Basic Books.338. Furst, S. (1978) The stimulus barrier and the pathogenecity of trauma. IJP, 59.339. Gaddini, R. (1978) Transitional object and the psychosomatic symptom. In: Grolnich et. al. (1978).340. Galenson, E. & Roiphe, H. (1976) Some suggested revisions concerning early female development. JAPA, 24(5).341. Galenson, E. & Roiphe, H. (1980) The preoedipal development of the boy. JAPA, 28.342. Galenson, E. & Roiphe, H. (1981) Infantile Origins of Sexual Identity. New York: Int. Univ. Press.343. Ganzarain, R. Group psychology. PMC. Forthcoming.344. Ganzarain, R. (1980) Psychotic-like anxieties and primitive defenses. Issues on Ego Psychology, 3(2).345. Ganzarain, R. (1988) A comparative study of Bion's concepts about groups. In: Object Relations Group Psychotherapy. Madison, Ct.: Int. Univ. Press.346. Gediman, H. K. (1971) The concept of the stimulus barrier. IJP, 52.347. Gedo, J. & Goldberg, A. (1973) Models of the Mind. Chicago & London: Univ. of Chicago Press.348. Geerts, A. E. & Prechardt, E., reporters (1978) Colloquium on "trauma". IJP, 59.349. Gero, G. (1943) The idea of psychogenesis in modern psychiatry and in psychoanalysis. Psychoanal. Rev., 30.350. Gill. M. M. (1963) Topography and Systems in Psychoanalytic Theory. Psychol. Issues, Monogr. 10. New York: Int. Univ. Press.351. Gill. M. M. (1967) The primary process in motives and thought. In: Motives and Thought, ed. R. R. Holt. New York: Int. Univ. Press.352. Gill. M. M. (1974) Psychoanalysis and psychotherapy. Int. Rev. Psychoanal., 11.353. Gill, M. M & Rapaport, D. (1942) A case of amnesia and its bearing on the theory of memory. Character and Personality, 11.354. Gillespie, W. (1956) The general theory of Sexual perversion. IJP, 37.355. Glenn, J. (in press) A parameter. In: Annu. Psychoanal.356. Glenn, J. & Kaplan, E. H. (1968) Types of orgasm in women. JAPA, 16.357. Glower, E. (1929) The "screening" function of traumatic memories. IJP, 4.358. Glower, E. (1931) Sublimation, substitution, and social anxiety. IJP, 12.359. Glower, E. (1933) The relation of perversion-formation to the development of reality sense. IJP, 14.360. Glower, E. (1955) The terminal phase. In: The Technique of Psychoanalysis. New York: Int. Univ. Press.361. Goldberg, A. (1975) The evolution of psychoanalytic concepts of depression. In: Depression and Human Existence, ed. E. J. Anthony & T. Benedeck. Boston: Little, Brown.362. Goldberg, A. ed. (1978) The Psychology of the Self. New York: Int. Univ. Press.363. Goldberg, A. (1983) Self psychology and alternate perspectives on internalization. In: Reflections on Self Psychology, ed. J. Lichtenberg & S. Kaplan. Hillsdale, N. J.: Analytic Press.364. Green, A. (1978) Potential space in Psychoanalysis. In: Grolnich et. al. (1978).365. Greenacre, P. (1949) A contribution to the study of screen memories. FSOC, 3/4.366. Greenacre, P. (1950) General problems of acting out. PQ, 19.367. Greenacre, P. (1950) Special problems of early female sexual development. In: Trauma, Growth and Personality New York: Int. Univ. Press.368. Greenacre, P. (1952) Pregenital patterning. IJP, 33.369. Greenacre, P. (1953) Penis awe and its relation to penis envy. In: Drives, Affects, Behavior, ed. R. M. Loewenstein. New York: Int. Univ. Press.370. Greenacre, P. (1956) Experiences of awe in childhood. PSOC,11.371. Greenacre, P. (1957) The childhood of the artist. PSOC, 12.372. Greenacre, P. (1958) The family romance of the artist. In: Emotional Growth. New York: Int. Univ. Press, 1971, vol. 2.373. Greenacre, P. (1958) The relation of the impostor to the artist. In: Emotional Growth. New York: Int. Univ. Press, 1971, vol. 1.374. Greenacre, P. (1968) Perversions. PSOC, 23.375. Greenacre, P. (1969) The fetish and the transitional object, part 1. PSOC, 24.376. Greenacre, P. (1970) The fetish and the transitional object, part 2. IJP 51, vol. 4.377. Greenacre, P. (1970) The transitional object and the fetish. In: Emotional Growth. New York: Int. Univ. Press.378. Greenacre, P. (1972) Crowds and crisis. PSOC, 27.379. Greenacre, P. (1973) The primal scene and the sense of reality. PQ, 42.380. Greenacre, P. (1975) On reconstruction. JAPA, 21.381. Greenberg, J. R. & Mitchell, S. A. (1983) Object Relations in Psychoanalytic Theory. Cambridge: Harvard Univ. Press.382. Greenson, R. R. (1949) The psychology of apathy. PQ, 18.383. Greenson, R. R. (1953) On boredom. JAPA, 1.384. Greenson, R. R. (1960) Empathy and its vicissitudes. IJP, 41.385. Greenson, R. R. (1962) On enthusiasm. JAPA, 10.386. Greenson, R. R. (1965) The working alliance and the transference neurosis. PQ, 34.387. Greenson, R. R. (1967) The technique and Practice of Psycho-analysis. New York: Int. Univ. Press.388. Greenson, R. R. (1978) Exploration in Psychoanalysis. New York: Int. Univ. Press.389. Greenspan, S. & Pollock, G., eds. (1980) The Course of Life. Vol. I. Washington, D. C.: U. S. Government Printing office.390. Grinberg, L., Sor, D. & Tabak de Bianchedi, E. (1975) Introduction to the Work of Bion, trans. A. Hahn. Scotland: Clunie Press.391. Grinker, E. R (1945) Psychiatric disorders in combat crews overseas and in returnees. Med. Clin. North. Amer., 29.392. Grinstein, A. (1983) Freud's Rules of Dream Interpretation. New York: Int. Univ. Press.393. Grolnick, S., Barkin, L. & Muensterberger, W., eds. (1978) Between Reality and Fantasy. New York: Jason Aronson.394. Grosskurth, P. (1986) Melanie Klein. New York: Alfred Knopf.395. Grossman, W. E. & Stewart, W. A. (1976) Penis envy. JAPA, 24 (5).396. Grotstein, J. S. (1981) Splitting and Projective Indentification. New York: Jason Aronson.397. Guntrip, H. (1961) Personality Structure and Human Interaction. New York: Int. Univ. Press.398. Guntrip, H. (1968) Schizoid Phenomena, Object-Relations and the Self. London: Hogarth Press.399. Harley, M. (1967) Transference developments in a five-year old child. In: the Child Analyst at Work, ed. E. Geleerd. New York: Int. Univ. Press.400. Harley, M. (1974) Analyst and Adolescent at Work. New York: Quadrangle.401. Harley, M. (1986) Child analysis, 1947—1984, a retrospective. PSOC, 41.402. Harre, R. and Lamb, R. (1983) The Encyclopedia Dictionary of Psychology. Cambridge: M. I. T. Press.403. Harrison, J. B. (1975) On the maternal origins of awe. PSOC, 30.404. Harrison, J. B. (1979) On Freud's view of the infant-mother relationship and of the oceanic feeling. JAPA, 27.405. Harrison, S. J. (1970) Is psychoanalysis "our science?". JAPA, 18.406. Hartmann, H. PSOC, 5.407. Hartmann, H. (1937) Ego Psychology and the Problem of Adaptation. New York: Int. Univ. Press.408. Hartmann, H. (1939) Ego Psychology and the Problem of Adaptation. New York: Int. Univ. Press, 1958.409. Hartmann, H. (1939) Psychoanalysis and the concept of health. In: Hartmann (1964).410. Hartmann, H. (1947) On rational and irrational action. In: Essays on Ego Psychology. New York: Int. Univ. Press, 1964.411. Hartmann, H. (1948) Comments on the theory of instinctual drives. PQ, 17.412. Hartmann, H. (1950) Comments on the psychoanalytic theory of the ego. New York: Int. Univ. Press.413. Hartmann, H. (1951) Technical implications of ego psychology PQ, 20.414. Hartmann, H. (1952) The mutual influences in the development of ego and id. PSOC, 7.415. Hartmann, H. (1953) Contribution to the metapsychology of schizophrenia. In: Hartmann, PSOC, 8.416. Hartmann, H. (1953) The metapsychology of schizophrenia. PSOC, 8.417. Hartmann, H. (1955) Notes on the theory of sublimation. PSOC, 10.418. Hartmann, H. (1956) The development of the ego concept in Freud's work. IJP, 37.419. Hartmann, H. (1964) Essays in Ego Psychology. New York Int. Univ. Press.420. Hartmann, H. (1964) The development of the ego concept in Freud's work. IJP, 37.421. Hartmann, H., Kris, E. & Loewenstein, R. M. (1946) Comments in the formation of psychic structure. PSOC, 2.422. Hartmann, H., Kris, E. & Loewenstein, R. M. (1949) Notes on the theory of aggression. PSOC, 3/4.423. Hartmann, H. & Loewenstein, R. M. (1962) Notes on the superego. PSOC, 17.424. Hassler, A. D. (1960) Guideposts of migrating fish. Science, 122.425. Hastings, D. W. (1963) Impotence and Frigidity. Boston: Little, Brown.426. Heimann, P. (1952) Certain functions of introjection and projection in early infancy. In: Klein et al. (1952).427. Heimann, P. & Valenstein, A. F. (1962) Notes on the anal stage IJP, 43.428. Heimann, P. & Valenstein, A. F. (1972) The psychoanalytical concept of aggression. IJP, 53.429. Hendrick, I. (1958) Facts and Theories of Psychoanalysis, 3rd ed. New York: Alfred Knopf.430. Hill, M. (1982) Analysis of transference. In: Theory and Technique, vol. 1. New York: Int. Univ. Press.431. Hoffer, W. (1949) Mouth, hand, and ego integration. PSOC, 3/4.432. Holder, A. (1982) Preoedipal contributions to the formation of the superego. PSOC, 37.433. Holt, R. R. (1964) The emergence of cognitive psychology JAPA, 12.434. Holt, R. R. (1967) Beyond vitalism and mechanism. In: Science and Psychoanalysis, ed. J. H. Masserman. Hew York: Grune & Stratton, vol. 2.435. Hook, S. (1959) Psychoanalysis, Scientific Method and Philosophy. New York: Grove Press.436. Horney, K. (1924) On the genesis of the castration complex in women. IJP, 5.437. Horney, K. (1926) The flight from womanhood. IJP, 7.438. Horowitz, M. J. (1972) Modes of representation of thought. JAFA, 20.439. Horowitz, M. J. (1979) States of Mind, 2d. ed. New York: Plenum, 1987, chap. 3.440. Hurvich, M. (1970) On the concept of reality testing. IJP, 51.441. Isaacs, S. (1952) The nature and function of phantasy. In: Klein et. al. (1952).442. Isakower, O. (1938) A contribution to the pathopsychology of phenomena associated with falling asleep. IJP, 19.443. Isakower, O. (1963) Minutes of the faculty meeting. New York Psychoanalytic Institute, Oct. 14—Nov. 20. A. Z. Pteffer, reporter.444. Isay, R. A. (1986) Homosexuality in homosexual and heterosexual men. In: The Psychology of Men, ed. G. Fogel, F. Lane & R. Liebert. New York: Basic Books.445. Jacobi, J. (1959) Complex (Archetype) Symbol in the Work of C. G. Jung. Princeton, N. J.: Princeton Univ. Press.446. Jacobs, T. J. (1986) Transference relationships, relationships between transferences and reconstruction. In: Psycho-analysis, the Science of Mental Conflict, ed. A. D. Richards & M. S. Willick. Hillsdale N. J.: Analytic Press.447. Jacobson, E. (1953) Contribution to the metapsychology of cyclothymic depression. In: Affective Disorders, ed. P. Greenacre. New York: Int. Univ. Press.448. Jacobson, E. (1954) Contribution to the metapsychology of psychotic identifications. JAPA, 2.449. Jacobson, E. (1957) Normal and pathological moods. PSOC, 12.450. Jacobson, E. (1959) Depersonalization. JAPA, 7.451. Jacobson, E. (1964) The Self and the Object World. New York: Int. Univ. Press.452. Jacobson, E. (1967) Psychotic Conflict and Reality. New York: Int. Univ. Press.453. Jacobson, E. (1971) Depression. New York: Int. Univ. Press.454. Jacobson, E. (1971) Depression: Comparative Studies of Normal, Neurotic and Psychotic Conditions. Madison, Conn.: Int. Univ. Press.455. Jacobson, E. (1971) Normal and pathological moods. In: Depression. New York: Int. Univ. Press.456. Jacobson, E. (1975) The regulation of self-esteem. In: Depression and Human Existence. ed. E. J. Anthony & T. Benedeck. Boston: Little, Brown.457. Jaffe, A. (1971) The Myth of Meaning. New York: Putnam.458. Jaffe, D. S. (1970) Forgetting and remembering. P. Q, 39.459. Janet, Dr. Pierre (1924) Principles of Psychotherapy. New York: Macmillan.460. John, E. R. (1976) A model of consciousness. In: Consciousness and Self-Regulation, ed. G. E. Schwartz & D. Shapiro. New York: Plenum Press, 1976, vol. 1.461. Jones, E. (1908) Rationalization in everyday life J Abnorm. Psychol., 3: 161—169.462. Jones, E. (1918) Anal-erotic character traits. In: Papers on Psychoanalysis London— Balliere Tindall & Cox, 1948.463. Jones, E. (1931) The concept of a normal mind. In: Papers on Psychoanalysis, 5th ed., London. Bailliйre, Tindall & Cox, 1948.464. Jones, E. (1933) The phallic phase. IJP, 14.465. Jones, E. (1934) Editorial preface to the Collected Papers of Sigmund Freud, 4. London— Hogarth Press.466. Jones, E. (1941) Evolution and revolution. IJP, 22.467. Jones, E. (1949) Hamlet and Oedipus. New York: Norton.468. Jones, E. (1957) The life and work of Sigmund Freud, vol. 3. New York: Basic Books.469. Joseph, E. D. (1965) Regressive Ego Phenomena in Psychoanalysis. Monograph I, Kris Study Group. New York Int. Univ. Press.470. Joseph, E. D. (1966) Memory and conflict. PQ, 35.471. Joseph, E. D. & Wallerstein, R. S (1982) Psychotherapy. New York: Int. Univ. Press.472. Jung, C. G. (1921—57) Collected Works of C. G. Jung Princeton, N. J.: Princeton Univ. Press.473. Jung, C. G. (1938) Psychological aspects of the mother archetype. In: Collected Works, vol. 9, pt. 1.474. Jung, C. G. (1957) Animus and Anima. Zurich: Spring.475. Jung, C. G. (1963) Memories Dreams, Reflections. New York Pantheon.476. Kamyer, M. (1985) Identification and its vicissitudes. IJP, 66.477. Kandell, E (1976) Cellular Basis of Behavior. San Francisco— W H. Freeman.478. Kanzer, M. (1948) The passing of the Oedipus complex' in Greek drama. IJP, 29.479. Kanzer, M. (1964) On interpreting the Oedipus plays Psychoanal Study Society, 3.480. Kanzer, M. (1981) Freud's "analytic pact". JAPA, 29.481. Kardiner, A. (1941) The Traumatic Neurosis of War New. York: Hoeber.482. Karma, L. (1981) A clinical report of penis envy. JAPA, 29.483. Karush, A., Daniels, C. E., Flood, C. & O'Connor, J. F. (1977) Psychotherapy in Chronic Ulcerative Colitis. Philadelphia: Sannders.484. Katan, A. (1972) The infant's first reaction to strangers. IJP, 53.485. Katan, M. (1940) The role of the word in mania. Bull. Phi la. Assn. Psychoanal., 22.486. Katz, J. (1963) On primary gain and secondary gain. PSOC, 18.487. Katz, J. (1985) Book review of Melanie Klein by Hanna Segal. New York: Viking Press. 1980 JAPA, 33 (suppl.).488. Kaywin, L. (1966) Problems of sublimation. JAPA, 14.489. Kernberg, O. F. (1966) Structural derivations of object relationships. IJP, 47.490. Kernberg, O. F. (1967) Borderline personality organization. JAPA, 15.491. Kernberg, O. F. (1975) Borderline Conditions and Pathological Narcissism. New York: Jason Aronson.492. Kernberg, O. F. (1976) Object Relations Theory and Clinical Psychoanalysis. New York: Jason Aronson.493. Kernberg, O. F. (1977) Boundaries and structure in love relations. JAPA, 25.494. Kernberg, O. F. (1980) Fairbairn's theory and challenge. In: Internal World and External Reality: Object Relations Theory Applied. New York: Jason Aronson.495. Kernberg, O. F. (1980) Internal World and External Reality. New York: Jason Aronson.496. Kernberg, O. F. (1984) Severe Personality Disorders. New Haven: Yale Univ. Press.497. Kessler, J. W. (1970) Contributions of the mentally retarded toward a theory of cognitive development. In: Cognitive Studies, ed. J. Hellmuth. New York Brunner/Mazel.498. Kestenberg, J. S. (1967) Phases of adolescence. J. Amer. Acad. Child. Psychiat., 6.499. Khan, M. (1982) Introduction. In: D. W. Winnicott, Through Paediatrics to Psychoanalysis. London: Hogarth Press.500. Klein, G. S. (1966) The several grades of memory. In: Psychoanalysis. A General Psychology, pd. H. M. Lowenstein, L M. Newman, M. Schur & A. J. Solnit. New York Int. Univ. Press.501. Klein, M. (1932) The Psychoanalysis of Children London: Hogarth Press.502. Klein, M. (1946) Notes on some schizoid mechanisms IJP, 27.503. Klein, M. (1948) Contributions to Psychoanalysis, 1921—45. London: Hogarth Press.504. Klein, M. (1950) Narrative of a Child Analysis. New York Basic Books.505. Klein, M. (1957) Envy and Gratitude. New York: Basic Books.506. Klein, M. (1957) On identification. In: New Directions in Psychoanalysis, ed. M. Klein, P. Heimann & R. Money-Kyrle. New York: Basic Books.507. Klein, M. (1959) On the development of Mental functioning. In: Envy and Gratitude London: Delacorte Press, 1975.508. Klein, M., Heimann, P., Isaacs, S. & Riviere J. (eds.) (1952) Developments in Psychoanalysis. London: Hogarth Press.509. Knight, R. P. (1953) Borderline states. Bull. Menn. Clin., 17.510. Knight, R. P. (1972) Clinician and Therapist: Selected Papers of Robert P. Knight, ed. Stuart C. Miller. New York: Basic Books.511. Kohut, H. (1959) Introspection, empathy, and psycho-analysis. JAPA, 7.512. Kohut, H. (1971) The Analysis of the Self. New York: Int. Univ. Press.513. Kohut, H. (1977) The Restoration of the Self. New York Int. Univ. Press.514. Kohut, H. (1978) The Search for the Self, ed. P. Ornstein. New York: Int. Univ. Press.515. Kohut, H. (1984) How Does Analysis Cure? ed. A Goldben & P. Stepansky. Chicago: Univ. Chicago Press.516. Kohut, H. & Wolf, E. S. (1978) The disorders of the self and their treatment. IJP, 59.517. Krapf, E. E. (1961) The concept of normality and mental, health in psychoanalysis. IJP, 59.518. Kreisler, L. (1984) Fundamentals for a psychosomatic pathology of infants. In: Frontiers of Infant Psychiatry, ed. J. D. Call, E. Galenson & R. L. Tyson. New York: Basic Books, vol. 2.519. Kris, A. O. (1982) Free Association. New Haven: Yale Univ. Press.520. Kris, A. O. (1984) The conflicts of ambivalence. PSOC, 39.521. Kris, E. (1951) Ego psychology and interpretation in psychoanalytic therapy. P. Q, 20.522. Kris, E. (1952) Psychoanalytic Exploration in Art. New York: Int. Univ. Press.523. Kris, E. (1956) On some vicissitudes of insight in psychoanalysis. IJP, 37.524. Kris, E. (1956) The personal myth. JAPA, 4.525. Kris, E. (1956) The recovery of childhood memories in psychoanalysis. PSOC, 11.526. Krupuick, J. L. & Horowitz, M. J. (1981) Stress response syndromes. Arch. Gen. Psychiat., 38.527. Krystal, H. ed. (1968) Massive Psychic Trauma. New York: Int. Univ. Press.528. Krystal, H. (1978) Trauma and affects. PSOC, 33.529. Krystal, H. (1981) The hedonic element in affectivity. J. Psychoanal., 9.530. Krystal, H. (1982) Alexithymia and the affectiveness of psychoanalytic treatment. Int. J. Psychoanal. Psychother., 9.531. Kubie, L. S. (1947) The fallacious use of quantitative concepts in dynamic psychology. P. Q, 16.532. Kubie, L. S. (1962) The fallacious misuse of the concept of sublimation. PQ, 31.533. Kubie, L. S. (1972) Personal communication.534. Kubie, L. S. (1975) The language tools of psychoanalysis. Int. Rev. Psychoanal., 2.535. Labov, W. (1972) Language in the Inner City. Philadelphia: Univ. Penn. Press.536. Lagache, D. (1953) Behavior and psychoanalytic experience In Drives. Affects, Behavior, ed. R. Loewenstein. New York: Int. Univ. Press.537. Langer, S. K. (1962) Problems and techniques of psychoanalytic validation and progress. In: Psychoanalysis as Science, ed. E. Pumplan-Mindlin. Stanford: Stanford Univ. Press.538. Langer, W. (1958) The next assignment. Amer. Imago, 15.539. Langhlin, H. P. (1967) The Neurosis. Washington: Butterworth.540. Laplanche, J. & Pontalis, J. B. (1967) Vocabulaire de la Psychoanalyse. Paris: Presses Universitaires de France.541. Laplanche, J. & Pontalis, J. B. (1973) The Language of Psychoanalysis. London: Hogarth Press.542. Laplanche, J. & Pontalis, J. B. (1983) The Language of psychoanalysis. London: Hogarth Press.543. Laseque, C. (1977) Les exhibitionnistes. L'Union Medicale, Froisieme Serie, 23.544. Leaff, L. A. (1971) Affect versus feeling. JAPA, 19.545. Leon, I. G. (1984) Psychoanalysis, Piaget and attachment. Int. Rev. Psychoanal., 11.546. Lerner, H. E. (1976) Parental Mislabeling of female genitals as a determinant of penis envy and learning inhibitions in women. JAPA, 24 (suppl.).547. Levey, M. (1985) The concept structure in psychoanalysis. Annu. Psychoanal. 12—13.548. Levy, D. (1983) Wittgenstein on the form of psychoanalytic interpretation. Int. Rev. Psycho-anal., 10.549. Levy, S. T. (1984) Principles of Interpretaion. New York: Aronson.550. Levy, S. T. (1984) Psychoanalytic perspectives on emptiness. JAPA, 32.551. Levy, S. T. (1985) Empathy and psychoanalytic technique. JAPA, 33.552. Lewin, B. D. (1933) The body as phallus. PQ, 2.553. Lewin, B. D. (1946) Sleep, the mouth, and the dream screen. PQ, 15.554. Lewin, B. D. (1950) The Psychoanalysis of Elation. New York: Norton.555. Lewin, B. D. (1953) Reconslde ration of the dream screen. PQ, 22.556. Lewis, H. B. (1971) Shame and Guilt in Neurosis. New York: Int. Univ. Press.557. Lichtenberg, J., Bornstein, M. & Silver, D., eds. (1984) Empathy, vols. 1—2. Hillsdale & London: Analytic Press.558. Lichtenberg, J. D. & Kaplan, S. (1983) Reflections on Self Psychology. Hillsdale, N. J.: Analytic Press.559. Lichtenberg, J. D. & Slap, J. W. (1973) Notes on the concept of splitting and defense mechanism of splitting of representations. JAPA, 21.560. Lichtenstein, H. (1961) Identity and sexuality. JAPA, 9.561. Lichtenstein, H. (1970) Changing implications of the concept of psychosexual development. JAPA, 18.562. Lidz, T., Fleck, S. & Cornelison. A. R. (1965) Schizophrenia and the Family. New York: Int. Univ. Press.563. Lifschutz, J. E. (1976) A critique of reporting and assessment in the training analysis. JAPA, 24.564. Limentani, A. (1979) The significance of transsexualism in relation to some basic psychoanalytic concepts. Int. Rev. Psychoanal., 6.565. Loewald, H. W. (1951) Ego and reality. IJP, 32.566. Loewald, H. W. (1959) The waning of the Oedipus complex. JAPA, 27.567. Loewald, H. W. (1962) Internalization, separation, mourning, and the superego. PQ, 31.568. Loewald, H. W. (1971) Some considerations on repetition and repetition compulsion. IJP, 52.569. Loewald, H. W. (1973) On internalization. IJP, 54.570. Loewenstein, R. M. (1951—72) Practice and Precept in Psycho analytic Technique. New Haven: Yale Univ. Press, 1982.571. Loewenstein, R. M. (1951) The problem of interpretation. PQ, 20.572. Loewenstein, R. M. (1957) A contribution to the psychoanalytic theory of masochism. JAPA, 5.573. Loewenstein, R. M., Newman, L. M., Schur, M. & Solnit, A. J., eds. (1966) Psychoanalysis — A General Psychology. New York: Int. Univ. Press.574. Lorand, S. (1950) Clinical Studies in Psychoanalysis. New York: Int. Univ. Press.575. Lowinger, J. (1976) Ego Development. San Francisco: Jossey Bass.576. Luria, A. R. (1978) The human brain and conscious activity. In: Consciousness and Self-Regulation, ed. G. E. Shwarta & D. Shapiro. New York: Plenum Press, 1978, vol. 2.577. Lustman, J. (1977) On splitting. PSOC, 32.578. Lynd, H. M. (1961) On Shame and the Search for Identity New York: Science Editions.579. Madow, Z. & Snow, L. H., eds. (1970) The Psychodynamic Implications of the Physiological Studies on Dreams. Springfield, III: Thomas.580. Mahler, M. S. (1952) On child psychosis and schizophrenia. PSOC, 7.581. Mahler, M. S. (1963) Thoughts and development and individuation. PSOC. 12.582. Mahler, M. S. (1966) Notes on the development of basic moods: the depressive affect in psychoanalysis. In: Psychoanalysis — A General Psychology, ed. R. M. Loewenstein, L. M. Newman, M. Schuz & A. J. Solnit. New York: Int. Univ. Press.583. Mahler, M. S. (1968) On Human Symbiosis and the Vicissitudes of Individuation. New York: Int. Univ. Press.584. Mahler, M. S. (1975) Discussion on Bernard L. Pacella's paper. JAPA, 23.585. Mahler, M. S. (1975) On the current status of infantile neurosis. JAPA, 23.586. Mahler, M. S. (1979) Selected Papers of Margaret S. Mahler, vol. 2. New York: Jason Aronson.587. Mahler, M. S. & Purer, M. (1968) On Human Symbiosis and the Vicissitudes of Individuation. New York: Int. Univ. Press.588. Mahler, M. S. & Gosliner, B. J. (1955) On Symbiotic child psychosis. PSOC, 10.589. Mahler, M. S., Pine, F. & Bergman, A. (1975) The Psychological Birth of the Human Infant. New York: Basic Books.590. Mahony, P. (1979) The boundaries of free association. Psychoanal. Contemp. Thought, 2.591. Malcove, L. (1975) The analytic situation (and Panel discussion). J. Phila. Assn. Psychoanal., 2.592. Marcovitz, E. (1973) On confidentiality in psychoanalysis. Bull. Phila. Assn. Psychoanal., 23.593. Marcus, I. M. & Francis, J. J. (1975) Masturbation. New York: Int. Univ. Press.594. Marty, P. & de M'Uzan, M. (1963) La pensйe opйratoire. Rev. Psychoanaltique, 27 suppl.595. Masson, J. M. (1980) The Oceanic Feeling. Boston: D. Reidel Publishing Company.596. Masters, W. H. & Johnson, V. E. (1966) Human Sexual Response. Boston: Little, Brown.597. McDaugall, J. (1984) The "dis-affected" patient. PQ, 53.598. McDevitt, J. B. (1975) Separation-individuation and object constancy. JAPA, 23.599. Meehl, P. E. (1962) Hedonic capacity. Bull. Menn. Clin., 39.600. Meissner, W. H. (1978) The Paranoid Process. New York: Aronson.601. Meissner, W. W. (1979) Internalization and object relations. JAPA, 27.602. Meissner, W. W. (1981) Internalization in Psychoanalysis. New York: Int. Univ. Press.603. Meissner, W. W. (1981) Metapsychology: who needs it. JAPA, 29.604. Meissner, W. W., Mack, J. E. & Semrad, E. V. (1975) Classical Psychoanalysis. In: Comprehensive Textbook of Psychiatry, ed. A. M. Freedman, H. I. Kaplan & J. Sadock. Baltimore: Williams & Wilkins.605. Menninger, W. (1943) Characterologic and symptomatic expressions related to the anal phase of psycho sexual development. PQ, 12.606. Mesmer, Franz Anton (1965) The Nature of Hypnosis, ed. Ronald E. Shor and Martin T. Orne. New York: Holt, Rinehart and Winston.607. Metcalf, D. & Spitz, R. A. (1978) The transitional object. In: Grolnick et al. (1978).608. Meyer, B. C. (1972) The contribution of psychoanalysis to biography. Psychoanal. Contemp. Sci., 1.609. Meyer, J. (1982) The theory of gender identity disorders. JAPA, 30.610. Meyer, J. (1985) Ego-dystonic homosexuality. In: Comprehensive Textbook of Psychiatry, 4th ed., ed. H. Kaplan & B. Sadock. Baltimore: Williams & Wilkins.611. Meyer, J. (1985) Paraphilia. In: Comprehensive Textbook of Psychiatry, ed. H. Kaplan & B. Sadock. Baltimore, Williams & Wilkins, 4th ed.612. Michaels, R. & Gaeger, R. K. Adaptation. PMC. Forthcoming.613. Milrod, D. (1982) The wished-for-self-image. PSOC, 37.614. Modell, A. H. (1958) The Theoretical implications of hallucinatory experiences in schizophrenia. JAFA, 6.615. Modell, A. H. (1965) Object Love and Reality. New York: Int. Univ. Press.616. Modell, A. H. (1970) The transitional object and the creative act. PQ, 39.617. Modell, A. H. (1975) The ego and the id. IJP, 56.618. Money, J. & Green, R. (1969) Transsexualism and Sex Reassignment. Baltimore: Johns Hopkins Univ. Press.619. Monroe, R. R (1970) Episodic Behavior Disorders. Cambridge: Harvard Univ. Press.620. Moore, B. E. (164) Frigidity. PQ. 33.621. Moore, B. E. (1975) Freud and female sexuality. IJP, 57.622. Moore, B. E. (1975) Toward a clarification on the concept of narcissism. PSOC, 30.623. Moore, B. E. (1976) Freud and female sexuality. IJP, 57.624. Moore, B. E. (1977) Psychic representation and female orgasm. In: Female Psychology, ed. H. P. Blum. New York: Int. Univ. Press.625. Moore, B. E. & Fine, B. D., eds. (1967) A Glossary of Psychoanalytic Terms and Concepts. New York: Amer. Psychoanal. Assn.626. Moore, B. E. & Rubinfine, D. Z. (1969) The mechanism of denial. Kris Study Group Monographs, New York: Int. Univ. Press, vol. 3.627. Moses, R. (1978) Adult psychic trauma. IJP, 59.628. Murray, C. D. (1930) Psychogenic factors in the etiology of ulcerative colitis and bloody diarrhea. Amer. J. Med. Sci., 180.629. Nagera, H., ed. (1966) Early Childhood Disturbances, the Infantile Neurosis, and the Adulthood Disturbances. New York: Int. Univ. Press.630. Nagera, H. (1967) The concepts of structure and structuralization. PSOC, 22.631. Nagera, H. (1969—71) Basic Psychoanalytic Concepts. New York: Int. Univ. Press.632. Nagera, H. (1976) Obsessional Neuroses. New York: Aronson.633. Natterson, J. M. (1980) The Dream in Clinical Practice. New York: Jason Aronson.634. Nemiah, J. C. & Sifneos, P. E. (1970) Affect and fantasy in patients with psychosomatic disorders. In: Modern Trends in Psychosomatic Medicine, ed. O. W. Hill. London: Butterworths, vol. 2.635. Neubaner, P. B. (1979) The role of insight in psychoanalysis JAPA, 27.636. Neubaner, P. B. (1982) Rivalry, envy, and Jealousy. PSOC, 37.637. Novick, J. (1982) Varieties of transference in the analysis of an adolescent. IJP, 42.638. Novick, J. & Kelly, K. (1970) Projection and externalization. PSOC, 25.639. Noy, P. Wollstein, S. & Kaplan-de-Nour, A. (1966) Clinical observations of the psychogenesis of impotence. Brit. J. Med. Psychol., 39.640. Nunberg, H. (1948) The synthetic function of the ego. In: Practice and Theory of Psychoanalysis. New York: Int. Univ. Press, vol. 1.641. Nunberg, H. (1954) Evaluation of the results of psychoanalytic treatment. IJP, 35.642. Nunberg, H. (1955) Principles of Psychoanalysis. New York: Int. Univ. Press.643. Ogden, T. (1982) Projective Identification and Psycho-therapeutic Technique. New York: Jason Aronson.644. Olinick, S. Z. (1964) The negative therapeutic reaction. IJP, 45.645. Olinick, S. Z. (1980) The Psychotheraputic Instrument. New York: Jason Aronson.646. Ornston, D. G. (1978) On projection. PSOC, 33.647. Ornston, D. G. (1982) Strachey's influence. IJP, 63.648. Ornston, D. G. (1985a) Freud's conception is different from Strachey's. JAPA, 33.649. Ornston, D. G. (1985b) The invention of "cathexes" and Strachey's strategy. Int. Rev. Psychoanal., 12.650. Ornston, D. G. (1988) How standard is the "Standard Edition? In Freud in Exile, ed. E. Timns & N. Segal. New Haven: Yale Univ. Press.651. Orr, D. W. (1954) Transference and countertransference. JAPA, 2.652. Ostow, M. (1974) Sexual Deviation. New York: Quadrangle.653. Pacella, B. (1975) Early ego development and the deja vu. JAPA, 23.654. Panel (1957) Acting out and its relation to impulse disorders. M. Kanzer, reporter. JAPA, 5.655. Panel (1958) Problems of identity. D. Z. Rubinfine, reporter. JAPA, 6.656. Panel (1958) Technical aspects of regression during psychoanalysis. K. T. Calder, reporter. JAFA, 11.657. Panel (1963) The concept of the id. E. Marcovitz, reporter. JAPA, 11.658. Panel (1964) Depersonalization. W. A. Stewart, reporter. JAPA, 12.,.659. Panel (1966) Clinical and theoretical aspects of "as-if" characters. J. Weiss, reporter. JAPA, 11.660. Panel (1969) The theory of genital primacy in the light of ego psychology. M. Berezin, reporter. JAPA, 17.661. Panel (1971) Action, acting out, and the symptomatic act. N. Actins, reporter. JAPA, 18.662. Panel (1970) Psychoanalytic theory of affects. L. B. Lofgren, reporter. JAPA, 16.663. Panel (1970) The development of the child's sense of his sexual identity. Virginia, L. Glower, reporter. JAPA, 18.664. Panel (1970) The negative therapeutic reaction. S. L. Olinick, reporter. JAPA, 18.665. Panel (1972) Levels of confidentiality in the psychoanalytic situation. A. S. Watson, reporter JAPA, 20.666. Panel (1974) Toward a theory of affects. P. Castelneuvo-Tedesco, reporter. JAPA, 22. W.667. Panel (1975) The analytic situation. S. T. Shapiro, reporter. J. Phila. Aasn. Psychoanal.,2.668. Panel (1980) New directions in affect theory. E. P. Lester, reporter. JAPA, 30.669. Panel (1981) Insight. K. H. Blacker, reporter. JAPA, 29.670. Panel (1981) Masochism. W. Fischer, reporter. JAPA, 29.671. Panel (1982) Beyond lay analysis. H. Fischer, reporter. JAPA, 30.672. Panel (1983) Clinical aspects of character. M. Willick, reporter. JAPA, 31.673. Panel (1983) Theory of character. S. M. Abend, reporter. JAPA, 31.674. Panel (1984) The neutrality of the analyst in the analytic situation, R. J. Leider, reporter. JAPA, 32. (1985) Perspectives on the nature of psychic reality. E. Roughton, reporter. JAPA, 33.675. Panel (1987) Toward the further understanding of homosexual women. A Wolfson, reporter. JAPA, 35.676. Pao, P.-N. (1971) Elation, hypomania and mania. JAFA, 19.677. Parens, H. (1979) The Development of Aggression in Early Childhood. New York: Jason Aronson.678. Parens, H. (1980) Psychic development during the second and third years of life. In: The Course of Life, ed. S. Greenspan & G. Pollock. Washington: Nat. Inst. Health.679. Parens, H. & Saul, L. J. (1971) Dependence in Man. New York: Int. Univ. Press.680. Person, E. & Ovesey, L. (1974) The transsexual syndrome in males. Amer. J. Psychother., 28.681. Person, E. & Ovesey, L. (1983) Psychoanalytic theories of gender identity. J. Amer. Acad. Psychoanal., 2.682. Peterfreund, E. & Schwartz, J. T. (1971) Information, systems, and Psychoanalysis. New York: Int. Univ. Press.683. Peto, A. (1976) The etiological significance of the primal scene in perversions. PQ, 44.684. Pfeffer, A. Z. (1984) Modes of obsessional thinking. Presented at the New York Psychoanalytic Society, October 23.685. Piaget, J. (1937) The Construction of Reality in the Child. New York: Basic Books, 1954.686. Piaget, J. (1962) Play, Dreams and Imitation in Childhood New York: Norton.687. Piers, G. & Singer, M. B. (1953) Shame and Guilt. Springfield: Thomas; New ed., New York: Norton.688. Pine, F. (1985) Developmental Theory and Clinical Process. New Haven: Yale Univ. Press.689. Poland, W. S. (1984) On the analyst's neutrality. JAFA, 32.690. Pollock, G. H. (1961) Mourning and adaptation. IJP, 42.691. Pollock, G. H. (1978) Process and affect. IJP, 59.692. Potamianau, A. (1985) The personal myth. PSOC, 40.693. Provence, S. & Lipton, R. (1962) Infants in Institutions. New York: Int. Univ. Press.694. Pulver, S. E. Symptomatology. PMC. Forthcoming.695. Pulver, S. E. (1970) Narcissism. JAPA, 18.696. Rado, S. (1949) An adaptational view of sexual behavior In Psychosexual Development in Health and Disease, ed. P. H. Hock & J. Lubin. New York: Grune & Stratton.697. Rangell, L. Affects. PMC. Forthcoming.698. Rangell, L. (1959) The nature of conversion. JAPA, 7.699. Rangell, L. (1963) Structural problems in intrapsychic conflict. PSOC, 18.700. Rangell, L. (1966) An overview of the ending of an analysis. In: Psychoanalysis in Americas, ed. R. E. Litman. New York: Int. Univ. Press.701. Rangell, L. (1968) A point of view on acting out. IJP, 49.702. Rangell, L. (1981) From insight to change. JAPA, 29.703. Rangell, L. (1981) Psychoanalysis and dynamic psychotherapy. PQ, 50.704. Rangell, L. (1983) Defense and resistance in psychoanalysis and life. JAPA, 31 (suppl.).705. Rangell, L. (1985) The object in psychoanalytic theory. JAPA, 33.706. Rank, O. (1909) The Myth of the Birth of the Hero. New York: Nerv. Ment. Dis. Monogr., 18.707. Rank, O. (1924) The Trauma of Birth. New York: Robert Brunner, 1952.708. Rapaport, D. (1942) Emotions and Memory. New York: Int. Univ. Press, 1950.709. Rapaport, D. (1960) The structure of Psychoanalytic Theory. Psychol. Issues, monogr. 6, New York: Int. Univ. Press.710. Rapaport, D. & Gill, M. M. (1959) The points of view and assumptions of metapsychology. In: The Collected Papers of David Rapaport. New York: Basic Books, 1967.711. Rapoport, A. (1955) The role of symbols in human behavior. Psychiatric Research Reports, vol. 2, ed. J. S. Gottlieb et al. Washington: Amer. Psychiat. Assn.712. Rappaport, E. A. (1968) Beyond traumatic neurosis. IJP, 49.713. Reich, A. (1951) On countertransference. In: Psychoanalytic Contributions. New York: Int. Univ. Press, 1973.714. Reich, A. (1953) Narcissistic object choice in women. JAPA, 1.715. Reich, A. (1954) Early identifications as archaic elements in the superego. JAPA, 2.716. Reich, A. (1960) Pathologic forms of self-esteem regulation. PSOC, 15.717. Reich, W. (1933) Character Analysis. New York: Orgone Press, 1949.718. Reich, W. (1933) Some circumscribed character forms. In: Character Analysis. New York: Orgone Institute Press.719. Reik, T. (1919) Ritual. New York: Int. Univ. Press.720. Reiser, M. (1984) Mind, Brain and Body New York: Basic Books.721. Richards, A. D. (1985) Isakower-like experience on the couch. PQ. 54.722. Ricoeur, P. (1970) Freud and Philosophy. New Haven — Yale Univ. Press.723. Ricoeur, P. (1976) Interpretation Theory. Forth Worth-Texas Christian Univ. Press.724. Rinsley, D. B. (1982) Fairbairn's object relations and classical concepts of dynamics and structure. In: Borderline and Other Self Disorders' A Developmental and Object-Relations Respective New York: Jason Aronson.725. Rioch, M. (1970) The work of W. R Bion on groups. Psychiatry, 33.726. Ritvo, S. (1971) Late adolescence. PSOC, 18.727. Ritvo, S. (1974) Current status of the concept of infantile neurosis. PSOC, 29.728. Robbins, F & Sadow, L (1974) A developmental hypothesis of reality processing. JAPA, 22.729. Rodman, F. R. (1987) Introduction In the Spontaneous Gesture — Selected Letters of D. W. Winnicott, ed. F. R. Rodman Cambridge—Harvard Univ. Press.730. Roiphe, H. (1968) On an early genital phase. PSOC, 23.731. Roiphe, H. & Galenson, E. (1981) Infantile Roots of Sexual Identity. New York: Int. Univ. Press.732. Rose, G. (1978) The creativity of everyday life. In: Grolnick et al (1978).733. Rose, H. (1928) A Handbook of Greek Mythology. London: Methuen.734. Rosenblatt, A. D. & Thickstun, J T. (1970) A study of the concept of psychic energy. IJP, 51.735. Rosenthal, S. M. (1968) The involutional depressive syndrome. Amer J. Psychiat., 124.736. Ross, N. (1967) The "as-if" concept. JAPA, 15.737. Ross, N. (1970) The primacy of genitality in the light of ego psychology. JAPA, 18.738. Rothstein, A. (1983) The Structural Hypothesis. New York: Int., Univ. Press.739. Roughton, R. Action and acting out. FMC. Forthcoming.740. Rubinstein, B. B. (1972) On metaphor and related phenomena. In: Psychoanalysis and Contemporary Science, ed. A. R. Holt & E. Peterfreund., New York: Int. Univ. Press, vol. 1.741. Rutter, M. (1972) Maternal Deprivation. Baltimore: Penguin Books.742. Rycroft, C. (1968) A critical Dictionary of Psychoanalysis New York: Basic Books.743. Sachs, D. M. (1979) On the relationship between psycho-analysis and psychoanalytic psychotherapy. Bull. Phila Assn. Psychoanal, 6.744. Sachs, H. (1942) The Creative Unconscious Cambridge, Mass.: Sci. Art. Publishers.745. Samuels, A. (1985) Jung and the Post-Jungians London — Routledge & Kegan Paul.746. Sandler, J. (1960) On the concept of the superego. PSOC, 15.747. Sandler, J., Dare, C. & Holder, A (1973) The negative therapeutic reaction. In: The Patient and the Analyst New York: Int. Univ. Press.748. Sandler, J. & Freud, A. (1985) The Analysis of Defense. New York: Int. Univ. Press.749. Sandler, J., Hodler, A. & Meers, D. (1963) The ego ideal and the ideal self. PSOC, 18.750. Sandler, J., Kennedy, H & Tyson, R. L (1980) The Technique of Child Psychoanalysis. Cambridge—Harvard Univ. Press.751. Sandler, J. & Rosenblatt, B. (1962) The concept of the representational world. PSOC, 17.752. Sandler, J. & Sandier, A. M. (1978) On the development of object relationships and affects. IJP, 59.753. Sarlin, C. N. (1962) Depersonalization and derealization. JAPA, 10.754. Sarlin, C. N. (1970) The current status of the concept of genital primacy. JAPA. 18.755. Sarnoff, C. A. (1978) Latency. New York: Aronson.756. Saussure de, F. (1911) Course in General Linguistic. New York: McGraw Hill.757. Schafer. R. (1968) Aspects of Internalization. New York: Int. Univ. Press.758. Schafer. R. (1974) Problems in Freud's psychology of women. JAPA, 22.759. Schafer. R. (1975) Psychoanalysis without psychodynamics. IJP, 56.760. Schafer. R. (1976) A New Language for Psychoanalysis. New Haven: Yale Univ. Press.761. Schafer. R. (1983) The Analytic Attitude. New York: Basic Books.762. Schechner, R. & Schuman, M. (1976) Ritual, Play and Performance New York: Seabury Press.763. Schlesinger, N. & Robbins, F. P. (1983) A Developmental View of the Psychoanalytic Process. New York; Int. Univ. Press.764. Schneirla, T. C. (1959) An evolutionary and developmental theory of biphasic processes underlying approach and withdrawal. In: Nebraska Symposium on Motivation, ed. H. R. Jones. London: Univ. Nebraska Press.765. Schur, M. (1955) Comments on the metapsychology of somatization. PSOC, 10.766. Schur, M. (1966) The Id and the Regulatory Principles of Mental Functioning. New York: Int. Univ. Press.767. Schuster. D. B. (1969) Bisexuality and body as phallus. PQ, 38.768. Schwartz, H. J., ed. (1984) Psychotherapy of the Combat Veteran. New York: SP Medical and Scientific Books.769. Segal, H. (1957) Notes on symbol formation. IJP, 39.770. Segal, H. (1964) Introduction to the Work of Melanie Klein. London: Hogarth Press, 1973.771. Segal, H. (1973) Introduction to the work of Melanie Klein. London: W. Heinemann.772. Segal, H. (1981) The Work of Hanna Segal. New York: Jason Aronson.773. Segal, H. (1986) Illumination of the dim, shadowy era. Sunday Times, London, May 11, 1986.774. Shane, M. Shane, E. (1982) Psychoanalytic theories of aggression. Psychoanal. Inquiry, 2.775. Shane, M. Shane, E. (1984) The end phase of analysis. JAPA, 32.776. Shane, M. Shane, E. (1985) Change and integration in psychoanalytic developmental theory. In: New Ideas in Psychoanalysis, ed. C. F. Settlage & R. Brockbank. Hillsdale, N. J. Analytic Press.777. Shapiro, T. (1979) Clinical Psycholinguistics. New York: Plenum Press.778. Shapiro, T. (1984) On neutrality. JAPA, 32.779. Shengold, L. (1967) The effects of overstimulation. IJP, 48.780. Shopper, M. (1979) The (re)discovery of the vagina and the importance of the menstrual tampon. In: Female Adolescent Development, ed. M. Sugar. New York: Brunner/Mazel.781. Sifneos, P. E. (1975) Problems of psychotherapy of patients with alexithymic characteristics and physical disease Psychother & Psychosom., 26.782. Slap, J. & Saykin, J. (1984) On the nature and organization of the repressed. Psychoanal. Inquiry, 4.783. Slovenko, R. (1973) Psychiatry and Law. Boston: Little, Brown.784. Smith, J. H. (1976) Language and the genealogy of the absent object. In: Psychiatry and the Humanities, vol. 1, ed. J. H. Smith. New Haven-Yale Univ. Press.785. Smith, J. H. ed. (1978) Psychoanalysis and Language. New Haven: Yale Univ. Press.786. Smith, W. R. (1894) The Religion of the Semites. New York: Meridian Library, 1956.787. Socarides, C. W. (1963) The historical development of theoretical and clinical aspects of female homosexuality. JAPA, 11.788. Socarides, C. W. (1970) A psychoanalytic study of the desire for sexual transformation ("transsexualism"). IJP, 51.789. Socarides, C. W. (1978) Homosexuality. New York: Jason Aronson.790. Socarides, C. W. (1982) Abdication fathers, Homosexual Sons. In: Father and Child, ed. S. H. Cath, A. R. Gurwitt & J. M. Ross. Boston: Little, Brown.791. Solnit, A. J. & Ritvo, S. Instinct theory. PMC. Forthcoming.792. Sophocles. The Oedipus Cycle, tr. D. Fitts & R. Fitzgerald. New York: Harcourt, Brace & World, 1969.793. Sours, J. A. (1974) The anorexia nervosa syndrome. IJP, 55.794. Sours, J. A. (1980) Starving to Death in a Sia of Objects. New York: Aronson.795. Spence, J. T. & Helmrich, R. L. (1978) Masculinity and Femininity. Austin and London: Univ. of Texas Press.796. Sperber, D. (1974) Rethinking Symbolism. Cambridge: Cambridge Univ. Press.797. Sperling, M. (1976) Anorexia nervosa. In: Psychosomatic Disorders in Childhood, ed. O. Sperling. New York: Aronson.798. Spitz, R. A. (1945) Hospitalism. FSOC. 1.799. Spitz, R. A. (1946) Anaclitic depression. PSOC, 2.800. Spitz, R. A. (1946) Hospitalism: A follow-up report. PSOC, 2.801. Spitz, R. A. (1946) The smiling response. Genet. Psychol. Monagr. 34.802. Spitz, R. A. (1955) The primal cavity. PSOC, 10.803. Spitz, R. A. (1957) No and Yes. New York: Int. Univ. Press.804. Spitz, R. A. (1959) A Genetic Field Theory of Ego Formation. New York: Int. Univ. Press.805. Spitz, R. A. (1965) The First Year of Life. New York:Int. Univ. Press.806. Spitz, R. A. & Wolf, K. M. (1946) The smiling response. Genet. Psycholol. Monogr., 34.807. Spruiell, V. The self. PMC. Forthcoming.808. Stamm, J. L. (1962) Altered ego states allied to the depersonalization. JAPA, 10.809. Stein, M. (1971) The principle of multiple function. Bull. Phila. Assn. Psychoanal., 21.810. Stekely, L. (1960) Success, success neurosis and the self. Brit. J. Med. Psychol., 33.811. Sterba, R. E. (1936—37) Hardwцrterbuch der Psychoanalyse. Vienna: Int. Psychoanal. Verlag.812. Stern, D. N. (1974) The goal and structure of mother-infant play. J. Amer. Acad. Child Psychiat., 13.813. Stern, D. N. (1984) Affect attunement. In: Frontiers of Infant Psychiatry. New York: Basic Books, vol. 2.814. Stern, D. N. (1985) The Interpersonal World of the Infant New York: Basic Books.815. Stevens, A. (1982) Archetype. London: Rouledge & Kegan Paul.816. Stoller, R. J. (1971) The term "transvestism". Arch. Gen. Psychiat., 24.817. Stoller, R. J. (1972) The "bedrock" of masculinity and femininity: bisexuality. Arch. Gen. Psychiat., 26.818. Stoller, R. J. (1974) Hostility and mystery in perversion. IJP, 55.819. Stoller, R. J. (1975) Sex and Gender, vol. 2. New York: Jason Aronson.820. Stoller, R. J. (1976) Primary femininity. JAPA, 24 (5).821. Stoller, R. J. (1982) Hear miss. In: Eating, Sleeping, and Sexuality, ed. M. Zalea. New York: Brunner/ Mazel.822. Stoller, R. J. (1985) Observing the Erotic Imagination. New Haven: Yale Univ. Press.823. Stolorow, R. (1984) Self psychology — a structural psychology. In: Reflections on Self Psychology, ed. J. Lichtenberg & S. Kaplan Hillsdale, N. J.: Analytic Press.824. Stolorow, R. Transference. PMC. Forthcoming.825. Stone, L. (1954) The widening scope of indications for psychoanalysis. JAPA, 2.826. Stone, L. (1961) The Psychoanalytic Situation. New York: Int. Univ. Press.827. Stone, L. (1967) The psychoanalytic situation and transference. JAPA, 15.828. Stone, L. (1971) Reflections on the psychoanalytic concept of aggression. FQ, 40.829. Stone, L. (1973) On resistance to the psychoanalytic process. In: Psychoanalysis and Contemporary Science, ed. B. B. Rubinstein. New York: Macmillan, vol. 2.830. Stone, M. H. (1980) Borderline Syndromes. New York: McGrow Hill.831. Strachey, J. (1934) The nature of the therapeutic action of psychoanalysis. IJP, 15.832. Strachey, J. (1962) The emergence of Freud's fundamental hypothesis. SE, 3.833. Strachey, J. (1963) Obituary (Joan Riviere). IJP, 44.834. Strachey, J. (1966) General preface. SE, 1.835. Swank, R. L. (1949) Combat exhaustion. J. Nerv. Ment. Dis., 109.836. Szekely, L. (1960) Success, success neurosis and the self. Brit. J. Med. Psychol., 33.837. Taylor, G. J. (1977) Alexithymia and countertranceference. Psychother & Psychosom., 28.838. Ticho, E. (1972) Termination of psychoanalysis. PQ, 41.839. Tolpin, M. (1970) The infantile neurosis. PSOC, 25.840. Tolpin, M. (1971) On the beginnings of a cohesive self. PSOC. 26.841. Tolpin, M. & Kohut, H. (1980) The disorders of the self. In: The Course of Life, ed. S. Greenspan & G. Pollock. Washington, B. C.: U. S. Dept. Health and Human Services.842. Turkle, S. (1986) A review of Grosskurth, P.: Molanie Klein. New York: Times Books, Review, May 18, 1986.843. Tyson, P. Development. PMC. Forthcoming.844. Tyson, P. (1982) A developmental line of gender identity, gender role, and choice of love object. JAPA, 30.845. Tyson, P. & Tyson, R. L. Development. PMC. Forthcoming.846. Tyson, P. & Tyson, R. L. The psychoanalitic theory of development. PMC. Forthcoming.847. Tyson, P. & Tyson, R. L. (1984) Narcissism and superego development. JAPA, 34.848. Tyson, R. & Sundler, J. (1971) Problems in the selection of patients for psychoanalysis. Brit. J. Med. Psychol., 44.849. Valenstein, A. F. (1979) The concept of "classical" psycho-analysis. JAPA. 27. (suppl.).850. Volkan, V. D. (1981) Linking Objects and Linking Phenomena. New York: Int. Univ. Press.851. Waelder, R. (1930) The principle of multiple function. PQ, 5.852. Waelder, R. (1962) Book review of Psychoanalysis, Scientific Method and Philosophy, ed. S. Hook. JAPA, 10.853. Waelder, R. (1962) Psychoanalysis scientific method, and philosophy. JAPA, 10.854. Waelder, R. (1963) Psychic determinism and the possibility of prediction. PQ, 32.855. Waelder, R. (1967) Trauma and the variety of extraordinary challenges. In: Fuest (1967).856. Waelder, R. (1967) Inhibitions, symptoms and anxiety: forty years later. PQ, 36.857. Waldhorn, H. F. (1960) Assessment of analyzability. PQ, 29.858. Waldhorn, H. F. & Fine, B. (1971) Trauma and symbolism. Kris Study Group monogr. New York: Int. Univ. Press.859. Wallace, E. R. (1983) Freud and Anthropology. New York: Int. Univ. Press.860. Wallerstein, R. Reality. PMC. Forthcoming.861. Wallerstein, R. (1965) The goals of psychoanalysis. JAPA, 13.862. Wallerstein, R. (1975) Psychotherapy and Psychoanalysis. New York: Int. Univ. Press.863. Wallerstein, R. (1983) Defenses, defense mechanisms and the structure of the mind. JAPA, 31 (suppl.).864. Wallerstein, R. (1988) One psychoanalysis or many? IJP, 69.865. Wangh, M. (1979) Some psychoanalytic observations on boredom. IJP, 60.866. Weinshel, E. M. (1968) Some psychoanalytic considerations on moods. IJP, 51.867. Weinshel, E. M. (1971) The ego in health and normality. JAPA, 18.868. Weisman, A. D. (1972) On Dying and Denying. New York: Behavioral Publications.869. Weinstock, H. J. (1962) Successful treatment of ulcerative colitis by psychoanalysis. Brit. J. Psychoanal. Res., 6.870. Welmore, R. J. (1963) The role of grief in psychoanalysis. IJP. 44.871. Werner, H. & Kaplan, B. (1984) Symbol Formation. Hillsdale N. J.: Lawrence Eribaum.872. White. R. W. (1963) Ego and Reality in Psychoanalytic Theory. Psychol. Issues, 3.873. Whitman, R. M. (1963) Remembering and forgetting dreams in psychoanalysis. JAPA, 11.874. Wiedeman, G. Sexuality. PMC. Forthcoming.875. Wiedeman, G. (1962) Survey of psychoanalytic literature on overt male homosexuality. JAPA, 10.876. Wieder, H. (1966) Intellectuality. PSOC, 21.877. Wieder, H. (1978) The psychoanalytic treatment of preadolescents In Child Analysis and Therapy, ed. J. Glenn. New York Aronson.878. Willick, M. S. Defense. PMC. Forthcoming.879. Wilson, C. P. (1967) Stone as a symbol of teeth. PQ, 36.880. Wilson, C. P Hohan, C. & Mintz, I. (1983) Fear of Being Fat. New York: Aronson.881. Wilson, C. P. S Mintz, I. (1982) Abstaining and bulimic anorexics. Primary Care, 9.882. Wilson, E. O. (1978) On Human Nature. Cambridge: Harvard Univ. Press.883. Winnicott, C. (1978) D. W. W.: a reflection. In: Between Reality and Fantasy. New York: Jason Aronson.884. Winnicott, D. W. (1953) Transitional object and transitional phenomena. In: Collected Papers. New York Basic Books, 1958.885. Winnicott, D. W. (1956) Primary maternal preoccupation. In: Winnicott (1958).886. Winnicott, D. W. (1958) Collected Papers. New York: Basic Books, Inc.887. Winnicott, D. W. (1960) Ego distortions in terms of true and false self. In: The Maturational Processes and the Facilitating Environment. New York: Int. Univ. Press, 1965.888. Winnicott, D. W. (1960) The theory of the parent-infant relationship. In: Winnicott (1965).889. Winnicott, D. W. (1965) The Maturational Processes and the Facilitating Environment. New York: Int. Univ. Press.890. Winnicott, D. W. (1971) Playing and Reality. New York: Basic Books.891. Winnicott, D. W. (1971) Therapeutic Consultations in Child Psychiatry. New York: Basic Books.892. Winnicott, D. W. (1977) The Piggle. New York: Int. Univ. Press.893. Winson, J. (1985) Brain and Psyche. New York: Anchor Press.894. Wolf, E. S. (1976) Ambience and abstinence. Annu. Psycho-anal., 4.895. Wolf, E. S. (1980) On the developmental line of self-object relations. In: Advances in Self Psychology, ed. A. Goldberg. New York: Int. Univ. Press.896. Wolf, E. S. (1983) Empathy and countertransference. In: The Future of Psychoanalysis, ed. A. Coldberg. New York: Int. Univ. Press.897. Wolf, E. S. (1984) Disruptions in the psychoanalytic treatment of disorders of the self. In: Kohut's Legacy, ed. P. Stepansky & A. Coldberg, Hillsdale, H. J.: Analytic Press, 1984.898. Wolf, E. S. (1984) Selfobject relations disorders. In: Character Pathology, ed. M. Zales. New York: Bruner/Mazel.899. Wolf, E. S. & Trosman, H. (1974) Freud and Popper-Lynkeus. JAPA, 22.900. Wolfenstein, M. (1966) How is mourning possible? PSOC, 21.901. Wolman, B. B. ed. (1977) The International Encyclopedia of Psychiatry, Psychology, Psychoanalysis, and Neurology. New York: Aesculapius.902. Wolpert, E. A. (1980) Major affective disorders. In: Comprehensive Textbook of Psychiatry, ed. H. I. Kaplan, A. M. Freedman & B. J. Saddock. Boston: Williams & Wilkins, vol. 2.903. Wurmser, L. (1977) A defense of the use of metaphor in analytic theory formation. PQ, 46.904. Wurmser, L. (1981) The Mask of Shame. Baltimore: Johns Hopkins Univ. Press.905. Zetzel, E. R. (1956) Current concepts of transference. TJP, 37.Словарь психоаналитических терминов и понятий > БИБЛИОГРАФИЯ
-
4 लॄ _lॄ
लॄ f. A mother, a divine female. -m. Śiva. -f. =लृ. cf. लॄर्महात्मा सुरो बालो भूपः स्तोमः कथानकः (वक्ता) । मूर्खो शिश्नो गुदः कक्षा केशः पापरतो नरः ॥ Enm. एकान्वयो मम Ś.7; मनस्येकं वचस्येकं कर्मण्येकं महात्मनाम् H.1.197.-4 Firm, unchanged; एको ग्रहस्तु Pt.1.26.-5 Single of its kind, unique, singular.-6 Chief, supreme, prominent, sole; ब्राह्मण्यास्तद्धरेत्पुत्र एकांशं वै पितुर्धनात् Mb.13.47.11. ˚पार्थिव, ˚धनुर्धरः, ˚ऐश्वर्य M.1.1 sole sovereignty; एको रागिषु राजते Bh.3.121.-7 Peerless, matchless.-8 One of two or many; Me.3. एकः सख्यास्तव सह मया वामपादाभिलाषी Me.8.-9 Oft. used like the English indefinite article 'a', or 'an'; ज्योतिरेकम् Ś.5.3.-1 True.-11 Little. Oft. used in the middle of comp. in the sense of 'only', with an adjectival or adverbial force; दोषैकदृक् looking only to faults; त्वदेकेषु Ku.3.15 your arrow only; so भोगैकबद्धस्पृहः. एकः-अन्यः, or अपरः the one- the other; अजामेकां लोहित... नमामः । अजो ह्येको... अजोन्यः Śvet. Up.4.5; it is used in the plural in the sense of some, its correlative being अन्ये or अपरे (others); एके समूहुर्बलरेणुसंहतिं शिरोभिराज्ञामपरे महीभृतः ॥ Śi.12.45; see अन्य, अपर also.-कः N. of Viṣṇu. the ऴSupreme Being or Prajāpati; एक इति च प्रजापतेरभिधानमिति । ŚB. on MS. 1.3.13.(-कम्) 1 The mind; एकं विनिन्ये स जुगोप सप्त सप्तैव तत्याज ररक्ष पञ्च Bu. Ch.2.41.-2 unity, a unit; Hch.-का N. of Durgā. [cf. Persian yak; L. aequus].-Comp. -अंशः a separate part, part in general. विष्टभ्याह- मिदं कृत्स्नमेकांशेन स्थितो जगत् Bg.1.42. एकांशश्च प्रधानतः Ms. 9.15.-अक्ष a.1 having only one axle. द्विचक्रमेकाक्षम् (रथम्) Bhāg.4.26.1.-2 having one eye.-3 having an excellent eye.(-क्षः) 1 a crow.-2 N. of Śiva.-अक्षर a. monosyllabic. ओमित्येकाक्षरं ब्रह्म Bg.8.13.(-रम्) 1 a monosyllable.-2 the sacred syllable; ओम्; एकाक्षरं परं ब्रह्म Ms.2.83.-3 The sole imperishable thing; एका- क्षरमभिसंभूय Av.5.28.8.-4 N. of an Upaniṣad. ˚कोशः a vocabulary of monosyllabic words by Puruṣottama- deva. ˚रीभावः the production of only one syllable, con- traction.-अग्नि a. Keeping only one fire; Āpastamba Dharma Sūtra 2.21.21. (-कः) One and the same fire.-अग्र a.1 fixed on one object or point only.-2 closely attentive, concentrated, intent; तद्गीतश्रवणैकाग्रा R.15.66; K.49; कच्चिदेतच्छ्रुतं पार्थ त्वयैकाग्रेण चेतसा Bg.18.72; मनुमे- काग्रमासीनम् Ms.1.1.-3 unperplexed.-4 known, cele- brated.-5 single-pointed. (-ग्रः) (in Math.) the whole of the long side of a figure which is subdivided. ˚चित्त, ˚मनस् a. with a concentrated mind, with un- divided attention. ˚चित्तम्, ˚चित्तता intentness of purpose, concentration of mind; तत्रैकाग्रं मनःकृत्वा Bg.6.12;18.72. °reeदृष्टि a. fixing one's eye on one spot.-अग्ऱ्य = ˚अग्र. (-ग्ऱ्यम्) concentration.-अङ्गः 1 a body-guard.-2 the planet Mercury or Mars.-3 N. of Viṣṇu. ˚वधः Mutilation of a limb; Kau. A.4.-4 Having a unique or beautiful shape.(-अङ्गम्) 1 a single member or part.-2 sandal wood.-3 the head. (-ङ्गौ) a married couple. (-ङ्गी) Incomplete; ˚रूपक incomplete, simile.-अञ्जलिः A handful.-अङ्गिका preparation made with sandal-wood.-अण्डः a kind of horse.-अधिपतिः a sole monarch or sovereign.-अनंशा the only (day) receiving no part of the moon, an epithet of Kuhū or day of new moon (born together with Kṛiṣṇa and worshipped with Kṛiṣ&na and Bala- deva and identified with Durgā).-अनुदिष्ट a.1 left as a funeral feast or one who has recently partaken in it. (-ष्टम्) a funeral ceremony performed for only one ancestor (recently dead); see एकोद्दिष्ट; यावदेकानुदिष्टस्य गन्धो लेपश्च तिष्ठति Ms.4.111.-अन्त a.1 solitary, retired.-2 aside, apart.-3 directed towards one point or object only.-4 excessive, great; ˚शैत्यात्- कदलीविशेषाः Ku.1.36.-5 worshipping only one; devoted to only one (एकनिष्ठ); एकान्तजनप्रियः Bhāg.8.24.31.-6 absolute, invariable, perpetual; स्वायत्तमेकान्तगुणम् Bh.2.7; कस्यैकान्तं सुखमुपगतम् Me.111.(-तः) 1 a lonely or retired place, solitude; तासामेकान्तविन्यस्ते शयानां शयने द्युमे Rām.5.1.5. व्योम˚ विहारिणः Pt.2.2; H.1.49.-2 exclusiveness.-3 an invariable rule or course of conduct or action; तस्मादेकान्तमासाद्य Pt.3.7.-4 exclusive aim or boundary. (-तम्) an exclusive recourse, a settled rule or principle; तेजः क्षमा वा नैकान्तं काल- ज्ञस्य महीपतेः Śi.2.83. (-तम्, -तेन, -ततः, -ते) ind.1 solely, exclusively, invariably, always, absolutely, युद्धे नैकान्तेन भवेज्जयः Mb.5.64.27.-2 exceeding, quite, wholly, very much; वयमप्येकान्ततो निःस्पृहाः Bh.3.24; दुःखमेकान्ततो वा Me.111; oft. in comp.; ˚विध्वंसिन् sure or destined to perish; R.2.57; ˚भीरु Mu. 3.5 always timid; so एकान्तकरुण very weak &c.-3 alone, apart, privately. ˚भूत being alone or solitary; विलोक्यैकान्तभूतानि भूतान्यादौ प्रजापतिः Bhāg.6.18.3. ˚मति a. devoted to one object only. ˚विहारिन् a. a solitary wanderer. ˚सुषमा 'containing exclusively good years', a division of time with Jainas. ˚स्थित a. staying or remaining apart.-अन्तर a. next but one, separated by one remove; द्वन्द्वं दक्षमरीचिसंभवमिदं तत्स्रष्टुरेकान्तरम् Ś.7.27; V.1. (-रः) a kind of fever.-अन्तिक a. final, conclusive.-अन्तित्वम् devotion to one object.-अन्तिन् a. devoted to one object only; अहो अत्यद्भुतं ह्येतद् दुर्लभैकान्ति- नामपि Bhāg.7.1.15. -m. a worshipper of Viṣṇu.-अन्नम् one and the same food.(-न्नः), -˚आदिन् 1 a mess-mate.-2 One who lives on the alms from only one house; नैकान्नादी भवेद् व्रती Ms.2.188.-अपचयः, अपायः Diminution by one.-अब्दा a heifer one year old.- अयन a.1 passable for only one (as a foot-path) Mb.3.-2 fixing one's thoughts on one object, closely attentive, intent; see एकाग्र.(-नम्) 1 a lonely or retired place; एकायनगतः पथि Mb.1.176.5; Rām. 3.67.23.-2 a meeting-place, rendezvous. सर्वासामपां समुद्र एकायनम् Bṛi. Up.2.4.11.-3 union of thoughts.-4 monotheism.-5 the sole object; सा स्नेहस्य एकायनीभूता M.2.14; एकायनीभूय Mv.4 with one accord, unani- mously.-6 One and the same way, similarity; एकमेवायनगताः प्लवमाना गिरेर्गिरम् Rām.4.2.9.-7 Worldly wisdom (नीतिशास्त्र); नाम वै एकायनम् Ch. Up.7.1.2. ˚गत = एकायन q. v. तरुणः सुकृतैर्युक्त एकायनगतश्च ह Mb.7.12.22. ˚स्थः With only one resource open, driven to extremity; शूरश्चैकायनस्थश्च किमन्यत्प्रतिपद्यते Pratijñā.1.7.-अर्णवः general flood, universal deluge; अयं ह्युत्सहते क्रुद्धः कर्तुमे- कार्णवं जगत् Rām.5.49.2.-अर्थ a.1 having one and the same meaning, having the same object in view; राजन्यकान्युपायज्ञैरेकार्थानि चरैस्तव Śi.2.114.-2 (Rhet.) Tautological (as a sentence); Kāvyālaṅkāravṛitti. 2.1.11.(-र्थः) 1 the same thing, object, or intention.-2 the same meaning.-3 N. of a glossary (of synonymous words); cf. एकार्थनाममाला.- अवम a. inferior or less by one.- अवयव a. made up of the same components.-अशीत or ˚तितम a. eighty-first.-अशीतिः f. eighty-one.-अष्टका 1 the first or chief Aṣṭakā after the full moon; एकाष्टके सुप्रजसः सुवीरा Av.3.1.5.-2 the eighth day of the dark fortnight in the month of Māgha (on which a श्राद्ध is to be performed).-अष्ठीका (ला) The root of the trumpet-flower (Mar. पहाडमूळ).-अष्ठील a. having one kernel. (-लः) N. of a plant (बकवृक्ष); A white variety of Gigantic swallow- wort (Mar. रुईमांदार).-अहन् (ह) 1 the period of one day.-2 a sacrifice lasting for one day. ˚गमः, ˚अध्वा a day's journey.-आतपत्र a. characterized by only one umbrella (showing universal sovereignty); एकातपत्रं जगतः प्रभुत्वम् R.2.47. ˚त्रां भुवम् 18.4; K.26; Śi.12. 33; V.3.19.-आत्मन् a. depending solely on one-self, solitary.-आदेशः cf. Sk. on P.VI.1.11. one substitute for two or more letters (got by either dropping one vowel, or by the blending of both); as the आ in एकायन.-आयु a.1 providing the most excellent food.-2 the first living being. एकायुरग्रे विश आविवाससि Rv.1.31.5.-आवलिः, -ली f.1 a single string of pearls, beads &c.; सूत्रमेकावली शुद्धा Kau. A.2.11. एका- वली कण्ठविभूषणं वः Vikr.1.3; लताविटपे एकावली लग्ना V.1.-2 (in Rhetoric) Necklace- a series of statements in which there is a regular transition from a predicate to a subject, or from a subject to a predicate; स्थाप्यते$पोह्यते वापि यथापूर्वं परस्परम् । विशेषणतया यत्र वस्तु सैकावली द्विधा ॥ K. P.1; cf. Chandr.5.13-4; नेत्रे कर्णान्तविश्रान्ते कर्णो दोःस्तम्भदोलितौ &c. and Bk.2.19.-आहार्य a. having the same food; making no difference between allowed and forbidden food; एकहार्यं युगं सर्वम् Mb.3.19.41.-उक्तिः f. a single expression or word.-उत्तर a. greater or increasing by one.-उदकः (a relative) connected by the offering of funeral libations of water to the same deceased ancestor; जन्मन्येकोदकानां तु त्रिरात्राच्छुद्धिरिष्यते Ms.5.71.-उदरः, -रा uterine, (brother or sister).-उदात्त a. having one Udātta accent.-उद्दिष्टम् a Śrāddha or funeral rite performed for one definite individual deceased, not including other ancestors; see एकानुदिष्ट.-ऊन a. less by one, minus one.-ऋच् a. consisting of one verse (ऋच्). (-चम्) A Sūkta of one verse only; Av.19.23.2.-एक a. one by one, one taken singly, a single one; एकैकमप्यनर्थाय किमु यत्र चतुष्टयम् H. Pr.11; R.17.43.(-कम्), -एकैकशः, ind. one by one, singly, severally एकैकमत्र दिवसे दिवसे Ś.6.11; ˚कं निर्दिशन् Ś.7 pointing to each severally.-श्यम् (एककश्यम्) Single state, severally एकैकश्येनानुपूर्वं भूत्वा भूत्वेह जायते Bhāg.7.15.51.-˚श्येन (instrumental used as an adv.) individually, singly, one by one. ते यदि एकैकश्येनापि कुर्वन्ति तथापि सत्रक्रियामभिसमीक्ष्य बहव एव कुर्वन्तीति बहुवचनं भविष्यति । ŚB on MS.1.6.45.-ओघः 1 a continuous current.-2 A single flight (of arrows); एकौघेन स्वर्णपुङ्खैर्द्विषन्तः (आकिरन्ति स्म) Śi. 18.55.-कपाल a. consisting of or contained in one cup.-कर a. (-री f.)1 doing only one thing.-2 (-रा) one-handed.-3 one-rayed.-कार्य a.1 acting in concert with, co-operating, having made common cause with; co-worker; अस्माभिः सहैककार्याणाम् Mu.2; R.1.4.-2 answering the same end.-3 having the same occu- pation. (-र्यम्) sole or same business.-कालः 1 one time.-2 the same time, (-लम्, -ले) ind. at one time, at one and the same time; एककालं चरेद्भैक्षम् Ms.6.55. ˚भोजनम् eating but one meal in any given time.-कालिकम् Once a day; तेभ्यो लब्धेन भैक्ष्येण वर्तयन्नेककालिकम् Ms.11.123.-कालीन a.1 happening once only;-2 Contemporary, coeval.-कुण्डलः (लिन्) N. of Kubera; of Balabhadra and Śeṣa; गर्गस्रोतो महातीर्थमाजगामैककुण्डली Mb.9.37.14. cf. एककुण्डल आख्यातो बलरामे धनाधिपे Medini.-कुष्ठम् a kind of leprosy; कृष्णारुणं येन भवे- च्छरीरं तदेककुष्ठं प्रवदन्त्यसाध्यम् Suśr.-क्षीरम् the milk of one (nurse &c.).-गम्यः the supreme spirit.-गुरु, गुरुक a. having the same preceptor. (-रुः, -रुकः) a spiritual brother (pupil of the same preceptor).-ग्राम a. living in the same village. (-मः) the same village.-ग्रामीण a. Inhabiting the same village; नैकग्रामीणमतिथिम् Ms.3.13.-चक्र a.1 having only one wheel. (said of the sun's chariot); सप्त युञ्जन्ति रथमेक- चक्रम् Rv.1.164.2.-2 governed by one king only. (-क्रः) the chariot of the sun. ˚वर्तिन् m. sole master of the whole universe, universal monarch. (-क्रा) N. of the town Kīchakas.-चत्वारिंशत् f. forty-one.-चर a.1 wandering or living alone, alone; अयमेकचरो$ भिवर्तते माम् Ki.13.3;3.53. Kau. A.1.18. स्वच्छन्दमेकचरं Mudrā.-2 having one attendant.-3 living un- assisted.-4 going together or at the same time.-5 gregarious.-6 (Said of certain animals); न भक्षयेदेकचरान् Ms.5.17; Bhāg.5.8.18.(-रः) 1 a rhinoceros.-2 An ascetic (यति); नाराजके जनपदे चरत्येकचरो वशी Rām.2.67.23.- चरण a. having only one foot.-चारिन् a.1 living alone, solitary.-2 going alone or with one follower only.-3 An atten- dant of Buddha. (-णी) a loyal wife.-चित्त a. thinking of one thing only, absorbed in one object.(-त्तम्) 1 fixedness of thought upon one object.-2 unanimity एकचित्तीभूय H.1 unanimously; ˚ता fixedness of mind, agreement, unanimity.-चिन्तनम् thinking of only one object.-चिन्मय a. Consisting of intelligence; Rāmt. Up.-चेतस्, -मनस् a. unanimous; see ˚चित्त.-चोदन a. Resting upon one rule. (-नम्) referring to in the singular number.-च्छत्र a. Ruled by one king solely.-च्छायाश्रित a. Involved in similarity (of debt) with one debtor (said of a surety); Y.2.56.-ज a.1 born alone or single.-2 growing alone (a tree); महानप्येकजो वृक्षो बलवान्सुप्रतिष्ठितः Pt.3.54.-3 alone of its kind.-4 uniform, unchanging.-जः, -जा a brother or sister of the same parents.-जटा N. of a goddess उग्रतारा.-जन्मन् m.1 a king.-2 a Śūdra; see ˚जाति below.-जात a. born of the same parents; Ms.9.148.-जाति a.1 once born.-2 belonging to the same family or caste. (-तिः) a Śūdra (opp. द्विजन्मन्); ब्राह्मणः क्षत्रियो वैश्यस्त्रयो वर्णा द्विजातयः । चतुर्थ एकजातिस्तु शूद्रो नास्ति तु पञ्चमः ॥ Ms.1.4;8.27.-जातीय a. of the same kind, species or family. ˚अनुसमयः performance of one detail with reference to all things or persons, then doing the second, then the third and so on (see पदार्थानुसमय) Ms.5.2.1-2.-जीववादः (in phil.) the assertion of a living soul only.-ज्या the chord of an arc; sine of 3˚.-ज्योतिस् m. N. of Śiva.-तान a. con- centrated or fixed on one object only, closely attentive; ब्रह्मैकतानमनसो हि वसिष्ठमिश्राः Mv.3.11.(-नः) 1 atten- tion fixed on one object only; A. Rām.6.2.2.-2 musical harmony, = ˚तालः-ताल a. Having a single palm tree; एकताल एवोत्पातपवनप्रेरितो गिरिः R.15.23.-तालः harmony, accurate adjustment of song, dance, and instrumental music (cf. तौर्यत्रिकम्).-लम् A kind of sculptural measurement. (-ली) an instrument for beating time, any instrument having but one note.-तीर्थिन् a.1 bathing in the same holy water.-2 belonging to the same religious order; क्रमेणाचार्यसच्छिष्य- धर्मभ्रात्रेकतीर्थिनः Y.2.137. -m. a fellow student, spiritual brother.-तेजन a. Ved. having only one shaft (an arrow).-त्रिंशत् f. thirty-one; ˚त्रिंश 31st.-त्रिकः a kind of sacrifice performed in or lasting for a day.-दंष्ट्रः, -दन्तः "one-tusked", epithets of Gaṇeśa (एकदंष्ट्रः) A kind of fever.-दण्डिन् m.1 N. of a class of Sannyāsins or beggars (otherwise called हंस). They are divided into four orders:-- कुटीचको बहूदको हंसश्चैव तृतीयकः । चतुर्थः परहंसश्च यो यः पश्चात्स उत्तमः ॥ Hārita.-2 N. of a Vedantic school.-दलः, -पत्रः N. of a plant (चन्डालकन्द).-दिश् a. living in the same region or quarter.-दुःखसुख a. sympathising, having the same joys and sorrows.-दृश्, -दृष्टि a. one-eyed. -m.1 a crow.-2 N. of Śiva.-3 a philosopher.-दृश्य a. the sole object of vision, alone being worthy of being seen. तमेकदृश्यं नयनैः पिबन्त्यो Ku.7.64.-दृष्टिः f. fixed or steady look.-देवः the Supreme god.-देवत, -दे(दै)वत्य a. devoted, directed or offered to one deity.-देश a. occupying the same place.(-शः) 1 one spot or place.-2 a part or portion (of the whole), one side; ˚अवतीर्णा K.22; तस्यैकदेशः U.4; Mv.2; विभावितैकदेशेन देयं यदभियुज्यते V.4.33 'what is claimed should be given by one who is proved to have got a part of it'; (this is sometimes called एकदेशविभावितन्याय) ˚क्षाण a. partly burnt. एकदेशक्षाणमपि क्षाणमेव । ŚB. on MS.6.4.18.-देशिन् a. consisting of parts or portions divided into parts. -m. A disputant knowing only part of the true state of the case.-देह, -देहिन् a.1 having only one body.-2 elegantly formed.(-हः) 1 the planet Mercury.-2 (du.) Husband and wife.-धनः a kind of jug with which water is taken up at certain religious ceremonies.(-नम्) 1 an excellent gift.-2 honorific offering.-धनिन् a. obtaining an honorific offering,-धर्मन्, -धर्मिन् a.1 possessing the same properties of the same kind.-2 professing the same religion.-धुर, -धुरावह, -धुरीण a.1 fit for but one kind of labour.-2 fit for but one yoke (as cattle for special burden; P.IV.4.79).-धुरा a particular load or con- veyance.-नक्षत्रम् a lunar mansion consisting of only one star.-नटः the principal actor in a drama, the manager (सूत्रधार) who recites the prologue.-नयनः The planet Venus.-नवतः ninety-first.-नवतिः f. ninety-one.-नाथ a. having one master.(-थः) 1 sole master or lord.-2 N. of an author.-नायकः N. of Śiva.-निश्चय a. come to the same conclusion or resolution, having the same aim. (-यः) general agreement or con- clusion, unanimity.-निपातः A particle which is a single word.-निष्ठ a.1 intently devoted or loyal (to one thing).-2 intently fixed on one object.-नेत्रः 1 N. of Śiva; (one-eyed).-2 (With Śaivas) One of the eight forms of Vidyeśvara.-पक्ष a.1 of the same side or party, an associate.-2 partial. (-क्षः) one side or party; ˚आश्रयविक्लवत्वात् R.14.34; ˚क्षे in one point of view, in one case.-पक्षीभावः The state of being the one alternative.-पञ्चाशत् f. fifty-one.-पतिक a. having the same husband.-पत्नी 1 a faithful wife (perfectly chaste); तां चावश्यं दिवसगणनातत्परामेकपत्नीम् Me.1.-2 the wife of a man who has no other wives; यो धर्म एकपत्नीनां काङ्क्षन्ती तमनुत्तमम् Ms.5.158.-3 the wife of the same man; a co-wife; सर्वासामेकपत्नीनामेका चेत्पुत्रिणी भवेत् Ms.9. 183. ˚व्रतम् a vow of perfect chastity; कामेकपत्नीव्रतदुःख- शीलाम् Ku.3.7.-पत्रिका the plant Ocimum Gratissimum (गन्धपत्रा; Mar. नागदवणी)-पद्, -पाद् a.1 one-footed, limping, lame.-2 incomplete. (-पाद्) m. N. of Śiva or Viṣṇu. (-पदी) a foot-path (for a single man to walk on). एकपद्या तया यान्ती नलिकायन्त्रतुल्यया Śiva. B.28.66-पद a.1 one-footed.-2 consisting of or named in one word.(-दम्) 1 a single step.-2 single or simple word.-3 the time required to pronounce a single word.-4 present time, same time;(-दः) 1 a man having one foot.-2 a kind of coitus (रतिबन्ध). (-दे) ind. sudden- ly, all at once, abruptly; निहन्त्यरीनेकपदे य उदात्तः स्वरानिव Śi.2.95; R.8.48; K.45; V.4.3. (-दा) a verse con- sisting of only one Pāda or quarter stanza.(-दी) 1 a woman having one foot.-2 a Gāyatrī consisting of one Pāda. गायत्र्यस्येकपदी Bṛi. Up.5.14.7.-3 Foot-path (Mar. पाऊलवाट); इयमेकपदी राजन्यतो मे पितुराश्रमः Rām. 2.63.44.-पर a. Ved. an epithet of the dice in which one is decisive or of pre-eminent importance.-परि ind. one over or under, (a term at dice; cf. अक्षपरि). अक्षस्याह- मेकहरस्य हेतोः Rv.1.34.2.-पर्णा 1 N. of a younger sister of Durgā.-2 N. of Durgā.-3 a plant having one leaf only.-पलाशः a. a single Butea Frondosa.-पाटला N. of a younger sister of Durgā; N. of Durgā.-पाणः a single wager.-पात a. happening at once, sudden.-तः The first word of a Mantra (प्रतीक).-पतिन् a.1 sudden.-2 standing alone or solitary. (-नी) i. e. ऋक् a verse to be taken by itself or independently of the hymn to which it belongs.-पाद a.1 having only one foot; तत्र शिश्रिये$ज एकपादः Av.13.1.6.-2 using only one foot.(-दः) 1 one or single foot.-2 one and the same Pāda.-3 N. of Viṣṇu and Śiva.-पादिका a kind of posture of birds.-पार्थिवः Sole ruler or king; न केवलं तद्गुरुरेक- पार्थिवः R.3.31.-पिङ्गः, -पिङ्गलः N. of Kubera; having a yellow mark in place of one eye; (his eye was so made on account of a curse uttered by Pārvatī when he cast an evil eye at her;) Dk.2.4.-पिण्ड a. united by the offering of the funeral rice-ball;˚ता, -त्वम् consanguinity.-पुत्र a. having only one son.-पुरुषः 1 the Supreme Being; वेदान्तेषु यमाहुरेकपुरुषम् V.1.1;-2 the chief person. a. Consisting of only one man. तथैकपुरुषं राष्ट्रम् Bhāg.6.5.7.-पुष्कलः (रः) N. of a musical instrument (Mar. काहल); ततः प्रयाते दाशार्हे प्रावाद्यन्तैकपुष्कराः Mb.5.94.21.-प्रकार a. of the same kind.-प्रख्य a. singularly like.-प्रभुत्वम् sole sovereignty.-प्रयत्नः one effort (of the voice).-प्रस्थः a measure.-प्रहारिक a. killed by one blow. Mk.8.-प्राणयोगः union in one breath.-बुद्धि a. having only one thought.-भक्त a.1 serving one master only.-2 worshipping one deity.-3 eating together. (-भूक्तम्) N. of a religi- ous ceremony; eating but one meal (a day) Mb.3; Y.3.318. ˚व्रतम् eating but once a day as a religious observance.-भक्ति a.1 believing in one deity.-2 firmly devoted; तेषां ज्ञानी नित्ययुक्त एकभक्तिर्विशिष्यते Bg.7. 17. -f. eating but one meal a day.-भार्या a faithful or chaste wife. तामेकभार्यां परिवादभीरोः R.14.86 (-र्यः) one having one wife only.-भाव a. of the same or one nature.-2 sincerely devoted.-3 honest, sincerely disposed.(-वः) 1 one feeling, the same or unchanged devotion; दुर्ग्राह्यत्वान्नृपतिमनसां नैकभावाश्रयाणां सेवाधर्मः परमगहनः Pt.1.285;3.65. स्वतेजसा सत्त्वगुणप्रवाहमात्मैकभावेन भजध्वमद्धा Bhāg.-2 oneness, agreement. cf. एको भावः सदा शस्तो यतीनां भवितात्मनाम्-भूत a.1 being one, undivided-2 concentrated, closely attentive.-भूमः a palace having one floor.-भोजन, -भुक्त a.1 eating but one meal.-2 eating in common.-मति a.1 fixed on one object.-2 unanimous, thinking in the same way.-मनस् a. thinking with another, of one thought; ते निर्यान्तु मया सहैकमनसो येषामभीष्टं यशः Mu.2.13.-2 fixing the mind upon one object, closely attentive; गच्छन्तमेकमनसम् Mb.1.42.36. एकमनाः श्रोतुमर्हति देवः M.2.-मात्र a. of one syllable.-मुख a.1 having the face directed towards one place, direction of object; सहस्रं स एकमुखो ददाति Av.9.4.9.-2 having the same aim.-3 having one chief or head; द्यूतमेकमुखं कार्यम् Y.2.23.-4 having one door or entrance (as a मण्डप).(-खम्) 1 gambling.-2 a kind of fruit (रुद्राक्षफल).-मूर्धन् = ˚मुख q. v. Av.8.9.15.-मूला = अतसी q. v.-यष्टिः, -यष्टिका a single string of pearls.-योनि a.1 uterine.-2 of the same family or caste; एतद्विधानं विज्ञेयं विभाग- स्यैकयोनिषु Ms.9.148.-रजः the plant भृङ्गराज (Mar. माका).-रथः An eminent warrior; Mb.3.-रश्मि a. Lustrous Mb.4.-रस a.1 finding pleasure only in one thing, of one flavour; रसान्तराण्येकरसं यथा दिव्यं पयो$श्नुते R.1.17.-2 of one feeling or sentiment only; साहस˚ U.5.21 influenced only by rashness; विक्रम˚ K.7; भावैकरसं मनः Ku.5.82; M.3.1; Bv.2.155; Śi.6.26; V.1.9.-3 of one tenor, stable, equable; Māl.4.7; U.4.15.-4 solely or exclusively devoted (to one); अबलैकरसाः R.9.43,8.65.(-सः) 1 oneness of aim or feeling.-2 the only flavour or pleasure. (-सम्) a drama of one sentiment.-राज्, -राजः m. an absolute king; प्राङ् विशाम्पतिरेकराट् त्वं वि राज Av.3.4.1. a. Shining alone, alone visible; स वा एष तदा द्रष्टा नाप- श्यद् दृश्यमेकराट् Bhāg.3.5.24.-रात्रः a ceremony lasting one night. (-त्रम्) one night; एकरात्रं तु निवसन्नतिथिर्ब्राह्मणः स्मृतः Ms.3.12.-रात्रिक a. lasting or sufficient for one night only.-राशिः 1 a heap, crowd.-2 a sign of the zodiac. ˚भूत a. collected or heaped together.-रिक्थिन् m. a coheir; यद्येकरिक्थिनौ स्यातामौरसक्षेत्रजौ सुतौ Ms.9.162.-रूप a.1 of one form or kind, like, similar; आसवः प्रतिपदं प्रमदानां नैकरूपरसतामिव भेजे Ki.9.55.-2 uniform, one-coloured; Rv.1.169.2.(-पम्) 1 one form or kind;-2 The knowledge of reality. विमोचयत्येकरूपेण Sāṅ. K.63. ˚ता uniformity, invariableness; क्षणद्युतीनां दधुरेकरूपताम् Ki.8.2.-रूप्य a. formed or arising from one.-लिङ्गः 1 a word having one gender only.-2 N. of Kubera. (-ङ्गम्) a place in which for five krośas there is but one लिङ्ग (Phallus); पञ्चक्रोशान्तरे यत्र न लिङ्गान्तरमीक्ष्यते । तदेकलिङ्गमाख्यातं तत्र सिद्धिरनुत्तमा ॥ Śabdak.-वचनम् the singular number.-वर्ण a.1 of one colour.-2 identical, same.-3 of one tribe or caste.-4 involving the use of one letter (˚समीकरण).(-र्णः) 1 one form.-2 a Brāhmaṇa.-3 a word of one syllable.-4 a superior caste. (-र्णी) beating time, the instru- ment (castanet); ˚समीकरणम् an equation involving one unknown quantity.-वर्णिक a.1 of one colour.-2 of one caste.-वर्षिका a heifer one year old.-वस्त्र, -वसन a. having only one garment, in one dress (without उत्तरीय). (-स्त्रम्) a single garment.-वाक्यम् one or unanimous opinion; एकवाक्यं विवव्रः R.6.85 raised a unanimous cry; ˚ता consistency in meaning, unanimity, reconciling different statements, syntactical unity; प्रकरणाच्च ज्योतिष्टोमेनैकवाक्यता स्यात् । ŚB. on MS.1. 5.37.-वाक्यकृ 8 U. To effect syntactical unity, to construe as one sentence. तस्मात् प्रकृतानां... देवतानामन्यतमया देवतया प्रकृतत्वादेकवाक्यतां कृत्वा देवतामवगमिष्यामः । ŚB. on MS.1. 8.5.-वाक्यया 2 P. (with instrumental) To form one sentence with, to be syntactically connected with; न वै कृतं कर्म प्राकृतैरङ्गपदार्थैः सहैकवाक्यतां याति । ŚB. on MS.1. 1.2.˚त्वम् syntactical unity. The state of forming or being one sentence; एकवाक्यत्वाच्च । Ms.1.1.8.-वाचक a. Synonymous.-वादः 1 a kind of drum or tabor (Mar. डफ).-2 the unitarian doctrine, monotheism.-वारम्, -वारे ind.1 only once.-2 at once, suddenly.-3 at one time.-वासस् a. Clothed in only one garment.-वासा A woman; Nigh.-विंश a. twenty-first; consisting of twentyone. (-शः) the Ekaviṁśa- ṣ&tod;oma; Av.8.9.2.-विंशक a. The twentyfirst; दश पूर्वान्परान् वंश्यानात्मानं चैकविंशकम् । ब्राह्मीपुत्रः सुकृतकृन्मोचयेदेनसः पितॄन् ॥ Ms.3.37.-कम् The number twentyone; Y.3.224.-विंशतिः f. twentyone.-विजयः Complete victory; Kau. A.12.-विध a. of one kind; simple.-विलोचन a. one-eyed; see एकदृष्टि.-विषयिन् m. a rival (having a common object or end in view).-वीरः a pre-eminent warrior or hero; धर्म˚ Mv.5.48.-रा N. of a daughter of Śiva, a deity.-वृक्षः 1 one tree.-2 a district in which but one tree is seen for 4 Krośas.-वृत f. heaven.-वृन्दम 1 a peculiar disease of the throat.-2 one heap or collection.-वृषः Ved. the chief bull; the best or most excellent of a number.-वेणिः, -णी f. a single braid of hair (worn by a woman as a mark of her separation from her hus- band &c.); गण्डाभोगात्कठिनविषमामेकवेणीं करेण Me.93; ˚धरा Ś.7; धृत˚ Ś.7.21.-वेश्मन् n. a solitary house or room; विप्रदुष्टां स्त्रियं भर्ता निरुन्ध्यादेकवेश्मनि Ms.11.176.-व्यवसायिन् a. following the same profession.-व्याव- हारिकाः N. of a Buddhist school.-शत a. 11 st. (-तम्) 11; अत्रैतदेकशतं नाडीनां Prasna. Up.3.6.-शक a. whole-hoofed. (-फः) an animal whose hoof is not cloven (as a horse, ass &c.); अजाविकं सैकशफं न जातु विषमं भजेत् Ms.9.119.-शरणम् the sole recourse or refuge (especially applied to a deity).-शरीर a. of one body or blood, consanguineous. ˚अन्वयः consan- guineous descent. ˚अवयवः a descendant in a right line, blood-kinsman. ˚आरम्भः commencement of consangui- nity by the union of father and mother.-शल्यः A kind of fish; Rām.5.11.17.-शाख a. having one branch. (-खः) a Brāhmaṇa of the same branch or school.-शायिन् a. Sleeping alone, chaste; Mb.13.-शाला A single hall or room; (-लम् A house consisting of one hall; Matsya P.-शीर्षन् = ˚मुख q. v. Av.13.4.6.-शुङ्ग a. having one sheath. (-ङ्गा) N. of a medicinal plant.-शुल्कम् One and the same purchase money (given to the parents of a bride); अन्यां चेद्दर्शयित्वा$न्या वोढुः कन्या प्रदीयते । उभे ते एकशुल्केन वहेदित्यब्रवीन्मनुः ॥ Ms.8.24.-शृङ्ग a. having only one horn.(-ङ्गः) 1 a unicorn; rhinoceros.-2 N. of Viṣṇu.-3 a class of Pitṛis.-4 a mountain having one top.-शेपः a tree having one root.-शेषः 'the remainder of one', a species of Dvandva compound in which one of two or more words only is retained; e. g. पितरौ father and mother, parents, (= मातापितरौ); so श्वशुरौः, भ्रातरः &c.-श्रुत a. once heard. ˚धर a. keeping in mind what one has heard once.-श्रुतिः f.1 monotony.-2 the neutral accentless tone. (-ति) ind. in a monotonous manner.-श्रुष्टि a. Ved. obedient to one command.-षष्ट a. sixty-first.-षष्टिः f. sixty-one. ˚तम a. sixty first.-संस्थ a. dwelling in one place; R.6.29.-सप्तत, ˚तितम् a. seventy-first.-सप्ततिः f. seventy-one.-सभम् a common place of meeting.-सर्ग a. closely attentive. (-र्गः) concentration.-सहस्रम् 11 or one thousand; वृषभैकसहस्रा गा दद्यात्सुचरितव्रतः Ms.11.127.-साक्षिक a. witnessed by one.-सार्थम् ind. together, in one company.-सूत्रम् N. of a small double drum played by a string and ball attached to the body of it (Mar. डमरू).-स्तोमः N. of Soma ceremony.-स्थ a.1 being or centred in one place; in one man; ज्ञानमेकस्थमाचार्ये...... शौर्यमेकस्थमाचार्ये Mb.7.188.45. Ku. 1.49; हन्तैकस्थं क्वचिदपि न ते चण्डि सादृश्यमस्ति Me.16.-2 close-standing, standing side by side.-3 collected, combined.-स्थानम् one or the same place; एकस्थाने प्रसूते वाक् Pt.4.5.-2 Standing closely; विपक्षेणापि मरुता यथैकस्थानवीरुधः Pt.3.53.-हंसः the chief or highest Haṁsa (an allegorical designation of the soul). हिरण्मयः पुरुष एकहंसः Bṛi. Up.4.3.11.-हायन a. one year old; त्रस्तैकहायनकुरङ्गविलोलदृष्टिः Māl.4.8; U.3.28. (-नी) a heifer one year old. (-नम्) the period of one year. -
5 vista
f.1 sight, eyesight (sentido).tiene buena/mala vista, está bien/mal de la vista she has good/poor eyesightperder la vista to lose one's sight, to go blindcorto de vista short-sightedvista cansada eyestrain2 watching.3 gaze (mirada).dirigió la vista hacia la pantalla she turned her eyes o gaze to the screenfijar la vista en to fix one's eyes on, to stare ata primera o simple vista at first sight, on the face of it (aparentemente)4 view (panorama).una habitación con vistas a room with a viewcon vistas al mar with a sea viewvista frontal front viewvista lateral side viewvista panorámica bird's-eye-view5 hearing (law).6 court hearing, hearing, trial.7 customs inspector.past part.past participle of spanish verb: ver.pres.subj.1st person singular (yo) Present Subjunctive of Spanish verb: vestir.* * *1 (visión) sight, vision3 (panorama) view4 (aspecto) appearance, aspect, look5 (dibujo, cuadro, foto) view6 (intención) intention7 (propósito) outlook, prospect8 DERECHO trial, hearing1 view sing\a la vista at sight, on sighta primera vista / a simple vista at first sighta tantos días vista so many days after sightver algo a vista de pájaro to have a a bird's-eye view of somethingactuar con mucha vista figurado to act with great foresightalzar la vista to raise one's eyes, look upapartar la vista de algo/alguien to look away from something/somebodybajar la vista to look downclavar la vista en algo / fijar la vista en algo to stare at somethingcomerse algo/alguien con la vista figurado to devour something/somebody with one's eyesconocer a alguien de vista to know somebody by sighten vista de in view of, consideringestar a la vista to be evident, be obvioushacer la vista gorda familiar to turn a blind eyeno quitar la vista de encima figurado not to take one's eyes offponer a la vista to put on showquitar de la vista to take awayser agradable a la vista to be pleasing to the eyeser corto,-a de vista to be short-sightedtener la vista cansada to be suffering from eyestraintener mala vista to have poor eyesighttener mucha vista figurado to be far-sightedtener vista de lince figurado to be eagle-eyed, have eyes like a hawkvolver la vista atrás to look back* * *noun f.1) vision, eyesight2) view, sight3) glance, look4) hearing* * *1. SF1) (=visión) sight, eyesight•
nublarse la vista, se me nubló la vista — my eyes clouded over•
perder la vista — to lose one's sight•
tener buena/mala vista — to have good/bad eyesightvista cansada — (por defecto) longsightedness; (por agotamiento) eyestrain
vista de águila, vista de lince — eagle eye
tener vista de águila o de lince — to have eagle eyes, to have eyes like a hawk o a lynx
2) (=ojos)a) (=órgano) eyes [pl]una luz que hiere la vista — a dazzling light, a light that hurts one's eyes
•
torcer la vista — to squintb) (=mirada)¡vista a la derecha! — (Mil) eyes right!
•
aguzar la vista — (para ver a lo lejos) to screw one's eyes up; (para descubrir algo) to look sharp•
alzar la vista — to look up•
apartar la vista — to look away•
bajar la vista — to look down, lower one's gaze•
buscar algo con la vista — to look around for sth•
clavar la vista en algn/algo — to stare at sb/sth, fix one's eyes on sb/sth•
dirigir la vista a algn/algo — to look towards sb/sth, turn one's gaze on sb/sth•
echar una vista a algn/algo — to take a look at sb/sth•
fijar la vista en algn/algo — to stare at sb/sth, fix one's eyes on sb/sth•
medir a algn con la vista — to size sb up•
pasar la vista por algo — to look over sth, glance quickly at sth•
con la vista puesta en la pared — with his eyes fixed on the wallcon la vista puesta en la futura legislación medioambiental, la compañía ha sacado un nuevo modelo — in the light of the forthcoming environmental legislation, the company has launched a new model
•
¡ quítate de mi vista! — get out of my sight!•
recorrer algo con la vista — to run one's eye over sth•
seguir algo con la vista — to follow sth with one's eyes•
volver la vista — to look awaysaltar a la vista —
una cosa que salta a la vista es... — one thing that immediately hits o strikes you is...
salta a la vista que... — it's blindingly obvious that...
3) (=perspicacia) foresighttuvieron vista para comprar las acciones — they showed foresight in buying the shares, it was shrewd of them to buy the shares
4) (=panorama) view•
con vistas a, con vistas a la montaña — with a view of the mountainsuna habitación con vistas al mar — a room with a sea view, a room overlooking the sea
vista anterior, vista frontal — front view
5) (Fot) (=imagen) viewa)• a la vista — in sight o view
no es muy agradable a la vista — it's not a pretty sight, it's not very pleasant to look at
cuenta a la vista — (Econ) instant access account
a la vista está (que...) — it's obvious (that...), you can see for yourself (that...)
a la vista, no son pobres — from what you can tell, they're not poor
•
a la vista de todos — in full view (of everyone)a la vista de sus informes — in the light of o in view of his reports
•
poner algo a la vista — to put sth on viewb)•a... años/días vista, pagadero a 30 días vista — payable within 30 days
a un año vista de las elecciones — (=antes) a year before the elections
a cinco años vista — (=después) five years from then
c)• con vistas a — with a view to
han modernizado el estadio con vistas al Mundial — they have modernized the stadium ahead of the World Cup
d)•de vista — by sight
•
en vista de — in view ofen vista de que... — in view of the fact that...
•
¡ hasta la vista! — see you!, so long!•
a primera vista — at first sight, on the face of it•
a simple vista — (=sin ayuda de aparatos) to the naked eye; (=por la primera impresión) at first sight7) (=aspecto) appearance, looks [pl]de vista poco agradable — not very nice to look at, unprepossessing
8) (Jur) hearing9) pl vistas ( Hist) meeting [sing], conference [sing]2.SMF (tb: vista de aduana) customs official* * *Imasculino y femenino customs officer o officialII1)a) ( sentido) sight, eyesighttener buena/mala vista — to have good/bad eyesight
b) ( ojos) eyesc) ( perspicacia) vision2)a) ( mirada)alzar or levantar/bajar la vista — to look up/down
torcer la vista — to be cross-eyed, to have a squint
b) ( espectáculo) sight3) (en locs)a la vista: tierra a la vista! land ho!; ponlo bien a la vista put it where it can be seen easily; estar/no estar a la vista to be within/out of sight; pagar al portador y a la vista pay the bearer at sight; cuenta corriente a la vista sight account; a la vista de todos in full view of everyone; ¿tienes algún proyecto a la vista? do you have any projects in view?; a primera or a simple vista at first sight o glance; se notaba a simple vista you could tell just by looking; con vistas a with a view to; de vista by sight; en vista: tener algo/a alguien en vista to have something/somebody in mind; en vista de in view of; en vista de que... in view of the fact that...; hasta la vista! see you!, so long! (colloq); a vista de pájaro: ver algo a vista de pájaro to get a bird's-eye view of something; a vista y paciencia de alguien (Chi, Per fam) in front of somebody; hacer la vista gorda to turn a blind eye; perder algo/a alguien de vista to lose sight of something/somebody; al terminar la carrera los perdí de vista I lost touch with them when we graduated; perderse de vista to disappear from view; saltar a la vista: lo primero que salta a la vista es el color que tiene the first thing that hits o strikes you is the color; salta a la vista que hicieron trampa it's obvious they cheated; tener la vista puesta en algo/alguien to have one's eye on something/somebody; tener vista de águila or lince to have eyes like a hawk; volver la vista atrás — to look back
4) ( panorama) view5) (Der) hearingla vista del juicio se celebrará el... — the hearing will take place on...
6) (Com, Fin)* * *Imasculino y femenino customs officer o officialII1)a) ( sentido) sight, eyesighttener buena/mala vista — to have good/bad eyesight
b) ( ojos) eyesc) ( perspicacia) vision2)a) ( mirada)alzar or levantar/bajar la vista — to look up/down
torcer la vista — to be cross-eyed, to have a squint
b) ( espectáculo) sight3) (en locs)a la vista: tierra a la vista! land ho!; ponlo bien a la vista put it where it can be seen easily; estar/no estar a la vista to be within/out of sight; pagar al portador y a la vista pay the bearer at sight; cuenta corriente a la vista sight account; a la vista de todos in full view of everyone; ¿tienes algún proyecto a la vista? do you have any projects in view?; a primera or a simple vista at first sight o glance; se notaba a simple vista you could tell just by looking; con vistas a with a view to; de vista by sight; en vista: tener algo/a alguien en vista to have something/somebody in mind; en vista de in view of; en vista de que... in view of the fact that...; hasta la vista! see you!, so long! (colloq); a vista de pájaro: ver algo a vista de pájaro to get a bird's-eye view of something; a vista y paciencia de alguien (Chi, Per fam) in front of somebody; hacer la vista gorda to turn a blind eye; perder algo/a alguien de vista to lose sight of something/somebody; al terminar la carrera los perdí de vista I lost touch with them when we graduated; perderse de vista to disappear from view; saltar a la vista: lo primero que salta a la vista es el color que tiene the first thing that hits o strikes you is the color; salta a la vista que hicieron trampa it's obvious they cheated; tener la vista puesta en algo/alguien to have one's eye on something/somebody; tener vista de águila or lince to have eyes like a hawk; volver la vista atrás — to look back
4) ( panorama) view5) (Der) hearingla vista del juicio se celebrará el... — the hearing will take place on...
6) (Com, Fin)* * *vista11 = sight, eyesight.Ex: The seers -- the sybils and prophets -- of Michelangelo's Sistine Ceiling reveal imperfections of bodily sight (such as near- and far-sightedness), emphasizing their spiritual foresight.
Ex: Often microform makes users aware of hitherto unnoticed eyesight defects.* a la vista = in sight, within sight.* a la vista de = in light of, in the light of.* algo desagradable a la vista = a blot on the landscape.* amor a primera vista = love at first sight.* a ojos vista = before + Posesivo + (own two) eyes.* apartar la vista = look + the other way.* a + Posesivo + vista = before + Posesivo + (own two) eyes.* a primera vista = on first acquaintance, at first sight, on first inspection, on the face of it, at first blush, at first glance, on the surface, prima facie, first-blush.* a simple vista = by the naked eye, superficially, on first thought.* a vista de pájaro = bird's eye view.* cansar la vista = cause + eyestrain.* con problemas de vista = vision impaired.* con vistas a = with an eye toward(s), overlook.* con vistas a (+ Infinitivo) = with a view to (+ Gerundio).* con vistas a + Nombre = for + Nombre + purposes.* corto de vista = nearsighted [near-sighted].* desagradable a la vista = eyesore.* de vista aguda = sharp-eyed.* empeoramiento de la vista = failing eyesight.* en vista de = in light of, in the face of, in the light of, in view of.* en vista de que = seeing that/as.* fuera de la vista = out of view.* hacer la vista gorda = look + the other way, turn + a blind eye to, pretend + not to have seen.* hasta donde alcanza la vista = as far as the eye can see.* levantar la vista = look up.* mala vista = poor eyesight.* no perder de vista = keep + an eye on, keep + a beady eye on, keep in + sight.* no volver la vista atrás = never + look back.* perder de vista = lose from + sight, drop from + sight, lose + sight of.* perder de vista el hecho de que = lose + sight of the fact that.* perder la vista = become + blind.* personas con problemas de vista, las = visually impaired, the, visually disabled, the, visually handicapped, the, visually impaired people (VIPs), visually challenged, the.* persona sin problemas de vista = sighted person.* plan de adquisición de material a vista = approval plan.* problemas con la vista = poor eyesight.* regalarse la vista con = feast + Posesivo + eyes on.* saltar a la vista = be patently clear.* sin perder de vista = with an eye on.* sin problemas de vista = sighted.* tener la vista cansada = need + reading glasses.* todo está a la vista = what you see is what you get.* torcer la vista = squint.* vista cansada = visual fatigue, eyestrain [eye strain], presbyopia.* vista fatigada = eyestrain [eye strain].* volver la vista atrás = look back.vista2* adoptar un punto de vista = embrace + view.* analizar desde un punto de vista crítico = cast + a critical eye over.* argumento que presenta sólo un punto de vista = one-sided argument.* argument que presenta los dos puntos de vista = two-sided argument.* ¡Barco a la vista! = Ship ahoy!.* comprender un punto de vista = take + point.* desde cualquier punto de vista = by any standard(s).* desde el punto de vista de la nutrición = in terms of, from the vantage of, as far as + Nombre + be + concerned, mitotically, nutritionally speaking, nutritionally.* desde el punto de vista del trabajador = in the trenches.* desde el punto de vista de la archivística = archivally.* desde el punto de vista de la calidad = on quality grounds.* desde el punto de vista de la competitividad = competitively.* desde el punto de vista de la conservación = preservationally.* desde el punto de vista de la cultura = culturally.* desde el punto de vista de la estética = aesthetically [esthetically, -USA].* desde el punto de vista de la funcionalidad = functionally.* desde el punto de vista de la informática = computationally.* desde el punto de vista de la logística = logistically.* desde el punto de vista de la medicina = medically.* desde el punto de vista de la música = musically.* desde el punto de vista de la notación = notationally.* desde el punto de vista de la química = chemically.* desde el punto de vista de la realidad = factually.* desde el punto de vista de las matemáticas = mathematically.* desde el punto de vista de la tonalidad = tonally.* desde el punto de vista del contexto = contextually.* desde el punto de vista del estilo = stylistically.* desde el punto de vista del funcionamiento = operationally.* desde el punto de vista del + Nombre = as seen through the eyes of + Nombre.* desde el punto de vista de los hechos = factually.* desde el punto de vista del uso = in terms of use.* desde el punto de vista de + Nombre = in + Nombre + eyes.* desde el punto de vista judicial = judicially.* desde el punto de vista lingüístico = linguistically.* desde el punto de vista político = politically.* desde este punto de vista = viewed in this light.* desde mi punto de vista = in my opinion, in my view, in my books.* desde + punto de vista = against + backdrop.* desde todos los puntos de vista = in every sense.* desde un punto de vista académico = academically.* desde un punto de vista antropológico = anthropologically.* desde un punto de vista clínico = medically, clinically.* desde un punto de vista crítico = judgmentally [judgementally], with a critical eye, critically.* desde un punto de vista económico = economically, monetarily.* desde un punto de vista estrictamente técnico = technically speaking.* desde un punto de vista étnico = ethnically.* desde un punto de vista filosófico = philosophically.* desde un punto de vista general = in a broad sense.* desde un punto de vista histórico = historically.* desde un punto de vista más amplio = in a broader sense.* desde un punto de vista más general = in a broader sense.* desde un punto de vista médico = medically.* desde un punto de vista medioambiental = environmentally.* desde un punto de vista monetario = monetarily.* desde un punto de vista morfológico = morphologically.* desde un punto de vista operativo = operationally.* desde un punto de vista racista = racially + Adjetivo.* desde un punto de vista religioso = religiously.* desde un punto de vista socioeconómico = socioeconomically.* desde un punto de vista técnico = technically.* fiel desde el punto de vista de la historia = historically accurate.* manifestar un punto de vista = air + view.* neutral desde el punto de vista de la raza = race-neutral.* no concebirse desde ningún punto de vista = be impossible under any hypothesis.* promover un punto de vista = promote + view.* punto de vista = angle, point of view, side, stance, standpoint, view, viewpoint, outlook, eye, world view [worldview/world-view], bent of mind.* sostener un punto de vista = assert + view, hold + point of view.* tener en cuenta un punto de vista = contemplate + view.* tener en cuenta un punto de vista = take into + account + viewpoint.* ver Algo desde el punto de vista + Adjetivo = view + Nombre + through + Adjetivo + eyes.vista33 = outlook, vista, sight, view.Ex: This provides the user with a pleasant outlook and gives natural light.
Ex: From the library she could see miles and miles of unobstructed vistas of rich, coffee-brown, almost black soil, broken only by occasional small towns, farms, and grain elevators.Ex: There was something inexpressibly poignant about the sight of the once powerful Roger Balzac sitting quiescently like a victim in a noose across the desk from him.Ex: Just as long as she has a nice view from her kitchen window she doesn't care about the rest of the world.* contemplar una vista = contemplate + view.* ofrecer una vista = afford + a view.* sin vistas = viewless.* tener vistas a = overlook.* ¡Tierra a la vista! = Land ahoy!, Land ho!.* una vista digna de contemplar = a sight to behold.* una vista digna de ver = a sight to behold.* vista agradable = a sight for sore eyes.* vista a la sierra = mountain view.* vista a las montañas = mountain view.* vista al mar = sea view.* vista a ojo de pájaro = bird's eye view.* vista a ras de suelo = worm's eye view.* vista asombrosa = breathtaking view.* vista impresionante = breathtaking view.* vista panorámica = panorama, pan, sweeping view, grandstand view, panoramic view.* vista sobrecogedora = breathtaking view.vista44 = court hearing.Ex: Both the newspapers and the unions want to cut their losses by concluding a deal in advance of a court hearing that is scheduled to decide on the original causes of the strike.
* vista judicial = hearing, court hearing.* vista oral = oral hearing.vista55 = view.Nota: En cartografía, representación plana con efecto de relieve en la que las líneas de fuga concurren en un punto de vista central correspondiente al ojo del observador.Ex: A view is a perspective representation of the landscape in which detail is shown as if projected on an oblique plane (e.g., a bird's eye view, panorama, panoramic drawing, worm's eye view).
* * *customs officer o officialA1 (sentido) sight, eyesighttengo buena vista I have good eyesight, my sight is goodser corto de vista to be shortsightedtener la vista cansada to have eyestrainla enfermedad le afectó la vista the illness affected his eyesight o his sight o his visioneste paisaje tan bello es un regalo para la vista this beautiful scenery is a delight to beholdperdió la vista en un accidente he lost his sight in an accident2 (ojos) eyesla luz me hace daño a la vista the light hurts my eyeslo han operado de la vista he's had an eye operationse le nubló la vista her eyes clouded over3 (perspicacia) visiontiene mucha vista para los negocios he's very shrewd o he has great vision when it comes to businessB1(mirada): me contestó sin alzar or levantar la vista del libro she answered without looking up from the book o without raising her eyes from the bookno me quitó la vista de encima she didn't take her eyes off metorcer la vista to be cross-eyed, to have a squintbajó la vista he looked downfijó la vista en el horizonte she fixed her eyes o her gaze on the horizondirigió la vista hacia nosotros he looked toward(s) us2 (espectáculo) sightse desmayó ante la vista del cadáver he fainted at the sight of the bodyC ( en locs):a la vista: ¡tierra a la vista! land ho!ponlo bien a la vista put it where it can be seen easilyescóndelo, que no esté a la vista hide it somewhere out of sightpagar al portador y a la vista pay the bearer at sightcuenta corriente a la vista sight accountno lo hagas aquí a la vista de todos don't do it here where everyone can see o in full view of everyone[ S ] fabricación a la vista del público workshop ( o factory etc) open for public viewing[ S ] café molido a la vista ( RPl); coffee ground while you wait¿tienes algún proyecto a la vista? do you have any projects in view?a primera vista at first sight o glancea primera vista no parecía grave at first sight o glance it didn't look seriousse notaba a simple vista que estaba enfermo you could tell he was ill just by looking at himcon vistas a with a view toun acuerdo con vistas a las próximas elecciones a pact for the forthcoming electionscon vistas a que nos lo financien with a view to their o them providing financede vista by sightlos conozco sólo de vista I only know them by sighten vista: ¿tienen a alguien en vista para el puesto? do you have anybody in mind for the job?estamos buscando casa — ¿ya tienen algo en vista? we're househunting — have you seen anything interesting yet?en vista de in view ofen vista de que no podía ganar in view of the fact that she couldn't winen vista de que no llegaban, nos fuimos since they hadn't arrived, we leften vista del éxito obtenido, mejor me callo la boca ( iró hum); considering the success of my last comment ( o joke etc), I think I'd better keep my mouth shut ( iro hum)a vista de pájaro: desde la torre vemos la ciudad a vista de pájaro from the tower we get a bird's-eye view of the cityecharle la vista encima a algn ( fam); to see sbhace tiempo que no le echo la vista encima I haven't seen him for some timeestar con or tener la vista puesta en algo/algn to have one's eye on sth/sbtiene la vista puesta en una chica de la oficina he's got his eye on a girl in the officeperder algo/a algn de vista to lose sight of sth/sbvigílalo bien, no lo pierdas de vista keep a close eye on him, don't let him out of your sightno debemos perder de vista nuestro objetivo primario we must not lose sight of our main objectiveno pierdas de vista (el hecho de) que es un actor desconocido don't lose sight of o don't overlook the fact that he is an unknown actorcuando terminamos la carrera los perdí de vista I lost touch with them when we graduatedperderse de vista to disappear from viewsaltar a la vista: lo primero que salta a la vista es el color que tiene the first thing that hits o strikes you is the color¿cómo no te diste cuenta? si saltaba a la vista I can't see how you failed to notice, it stood out a mile o it was so obvioussalta a la vista que hicieron trampa it's obvious they cheatedtener vista de águila or lince to have eyes like a hawkvolver la vista atrás to look backno vuelvas la vista atrás y piensa en el futuro don't look back, think of the futureD1 (panorama) viewuna vista preciosa de la bahía a beautiful view of the bayla habitación tiene vista al mar the room overlooks the sea o has a sea view o looks out over the seavista aérea aerial view2 (imagen) view3 ( fam)(aspecto): el plato tenía muy buena vista the dish looked deliciousunos muebles de mucha vista some very attractive furnitureE ( Der) hearingla vista del juicio se celebrará el día 27 the hearing will take place on the 27thCompuesto:hearinga 20 días vista within 20 days* * *
Del verbo vestir: ( conjugate vestir)
vista es:
1ª persona singular (yo) presente subjuntivo3ª persona singular (él/ella/usted) presente subjuntivo3ª persona singular (él/ella/usted) imperativo
Multiple Entries:
vestir
vista
vestir ( conjugate vestir) verbo transitivo
1
2 (liter o period) ( llevar puesto) to wear
verbo intransitivo
1 [ persona] to dress;
vista de algo ‹de uniforme/azul›) to wear sth;
vista de etiqueta to wear formal dress
2 ( ser elegante):
de vista ‹traje/zapatos› smart
vestirse verbo pronominal ( refl)
◊ date prisa, vístete hurry up, get dressedb) ( de cierta manera):
se viste a la última moda she wears the latest styles;
siempre se viste de verde she always wears greenc) ( disfrazarse) vistase de algo to dress up as sth
vista sustantivo femenino
1
ser corto de vista to be near-sighted;
perdió la vista he lost his sight;
vista cansada eyestrain
lo operaron de la vista he had an eye operation
2 ( mirada):◊ alzar/bajar la vista to look up/down
3 ( en locs)◊ a la vista: ponlo bien a la vista put it where it can be seen easily;
estar/no estar a la vista to be within/out of sight;
a la vista de todos in full view of everyone;
¿tienes algún proyecto a la vista? do you have any projects in view?;
a primera or a simple vista at first sight o glance;
con vistas a with a view to;
en vista de in view of;
en vista de que … in view of the fact that …;
¡hasta la vista! see you!, so long! (colloq);
perder algo/a algn de vista to lose sight of sth/sb;
perderse de vista to disappear from view
4 ( panorama) view;
vista aérea aerial view
5 (Der) hearing
vestir
I verbo transitivo
1 (poner la ropa a alguien) to dress
frml to clothe
2 (llevar puesto) to wear: vestía un traje gris, he was wearing a grey suit
II verbo intransitivo
1 (llevar) to dress
viste de rojo, she's wearing red
vestir bien, to dress well
(ser apropiado, elegante) to look smart
visto,-a
I adjetivo
1 (considerado socialmente) estar bien visto, to be considered correct o acceptable
estar mal visto, to be frowned upon/on
2 (común, poco original) estar muy visto, not to be very original: ese reloj está muy visto, everybody is wearing watches like that
3 fam (obvio) estar visto, to be obvious o clear
4 (al parecer) por lo visto, apparently
5 Jur visto para sentencia, ready for judgement
II sustantivo masculino visto bueno, approval
vista sustantivo femenino
1 (sentido, visión) sight: le conozco de vista, I know him by sight
ese edificio nos tapa la vista del río, the river is hidden from view by that building
tienes buena vista, you have good eyesight
corto de vista, shortsighted, US nearsighted
(los ojos) me hace daño a la vista, it hurts my eyes
2 (perspectiva, panorama) view
con vistas a la calle, overlooking the street
3 Jur hearing, trial
♦ Locuciones: familiar hacer la vista gorda, to turn a blind eye
perder de vista, to lose sight of: el tren se perdió de vista, the train disappeared from view
familiar ¡piérdete de mi vista!, get out of here!, get lost!
(recordar) volver/echar la vista atrás, to look back
a la vista, (dentro del campo visual) visible, within sight
(previsto) tienen un viaje a la vista, they have a trip in mind
a primera vista/a simple vista, (a la primera, directamente) at first sight o glance: amor a primera vista, love at first sight
detectó el error a simple vista, he found the mistake straight away
(con solo mirar) esa estrella no es visible a simple vista, that star isn't visible with the naked eye
(en principio, al parecer) on the face of it
con vistas a, with a view to
en vista de, in view of, considering
' vista' also found in these entries:
Spanish:
abarcar
- aguda
- agudo
- alcance
- ante
- apartar
- cantar
- converger
- corta
- corto
- dominar
- esforzar
- fijar
- fina
- fino
- golpe
- graduar
- graduarse
- herir
- lince
- novedosa
- novedoso
- nublarse
- punto
- recorrer
- respetable
- saltar
- sesgar
- versión
- visión
- volver
- aéreo
- agradable
- alcanzar
- amor
- ángulo
- cansar
- chiribita
- clavado
- clavar
- conocer
- descansar
- devolver
- engañar
- forzar
- levantar
- mirada
- mirar
- nublar
- ojo
English:
acute
- angle
- aspect
- avert
- away
- bird's-eye view
- blind
- blot out
- clear
- contention
- delightful
- dim
- eagle-eyed
- eye
- eye-level
- eyesight
- eyestrain
- face
- glance
- glorious
- gorgeous
- hearing
- hide
- in
- jump out
- look up
- naked
- note
- obstruct
- open out
- oscillate
- outlook
- overlook
- perspective
- point
- respect
- scene
- see
- seeing
- sense
- sharp
- sight
- sight-reading
- slant
- splendid
- standpoint
- stare
- strain
- strained
- surface
* * *♦ adjver visto♦ nf1. [sentido] (sense of) sight;[visión] eyesight; [ojos] eyes;tiene buena/mala vista, está bien/mal de la vista she has good/poor eyesight;la luz me hace daño a la vista the light hurts my eyes;se me nubló la vista my eyes clouded over;perder la vista to lose one's sight, to go blind;de vista: conocer a alguien de vista to know sb by sight;¡hasta la vista! see you!;a vista de pájaro: Cartagena a vista de pájaro a bird's-eye view of Cartagena;hacer la vista gorda to turn a blind eye;no perder de vista algo/a alguien [vigilar] not to let sth/sb out of one's sight;[tener en cuenta] not to lose sight of sth/sb, not to forget about sth/sb;perder de vista algo/a alguien [dejar de ver] to lose sight of sth/sb;perder de vista a alguien [perder contacto] to lose touch with sb;perderse de vista [en la distancia] to disappear (from sight);salta a la vista que es novato he is very obviously a beginner;salta a la vista su juventud [sorprende] one thing that strikes you is how young she is;vista cansada [por la edad] long-sightedness; [por el esfuerzo] eyestrain2. [mirada] gaze;dirigió la vista hacia la pantalla she turned her eyes o gaze to the screen;alzar/apartar/bajar la vista to look up/away/down;fijar la vista en to fix one's eyes on, to stare at;volver la vista atrás to look back3. [observación] watching4. [panorama] view;una habitación con vistas a room with a view;con vistas al mar with a sea viewvista aérea aerial view;vista panorámica panoramic viewhay que tener más vista al decir las cosas you have to be more careful what you say6. Der hearingvista oral oral proceedingsa pagar a 30 días vista payable within 30 days[después] two months after the elections♦ nm[empleado de aduanas] customs officer [responsible for checking baggage]♦ a la vista loc adj1. [visible] visible;está a la vista [muy cerca] it's staring you in the face;¡barco/tierra a la vista! ship/land ahoy!;no dejen objetos de valor a la vista dentro del autocar do not leave valuables lying around where they can be seen inside the coachtenemos varios proyectos a la vista there are a number of possible projects on the horizon♦ a la vista de loc prep1. [delante de] in full view of;ocurrió a la vista de todos it happened in full view of everybody;está a la vista de todos it's there for everybody to see2. [en vista de] in view of;a la vista de los resultados financieros… in view of the financial results…♦ con vistas a loc prep[con la intención de] with a view to;se reunirán con vistas a negociar un nuevo convenio con la patronal they will meet with a view to negotiating a new agreeement with the employers;el ahorro con vistas al futuro saving for the future♦ en vista de loc prepin view of, considering;en vista de lo ocurrido… considering what has happened…;en vista de que since, seeing as* * *I f1 (eye)sight;vista cansada MED tired eyes;tener buena/mala vista have good/bad eyesight;hacer la vista gorda fig fam turn a blind eye;tener vista para algo fig have a good eye for sth2 JUR hearing3:a la vista COM at sight, on demand4 ( panorámica):la ciudad a vista de pajaro a bird’s eye view of the city, the city seen from above;vista aérea FOT aerial view5 ( perspectiva):con vistas a with a view to;en vista de in view of6:a simple vista with the naked eye;a primera vista at first sight;de vista by sight;estar a la vista be in sight;perder de vista lose sight of;no perder de vista niño etc not take one’s eyes off;a la vista de todos in full view of everyone;poner la vista en alguien/algo look at s.o./sth; tener intención de conseguir algo set one’s sights on s.o./sth;volver la vista atrás tb fig look back;hasta la vista bye!, see you!II m/f:vista (de aduanas) customs official o officer* * *vista nf1) visión: vision, eyesight2) mirada: look, gaze, glance3) panorama: view, vista, panorama4) : hearing (in court)5)a primera vista : at first sight6)en vista de : in view of7)hacer la vista gorda : to turn a blind eye8)¡hasta la vista! : so long!, see you!9)perder de vista : to lose sight ofpunto de vista : point of view* * *vista n1. (visión) sight / eyesight2. (panorama) view3. (habilidad) eyea simple vista at first sight / at first glance -
6 postura
f.1 position, posture.2 attitude, stance.3 bid.4 body posture, position, posture.5 point of view, attitude, stand, position.6 agreement.* * *1 (de un cuerpo) posture, position2 (actitud) attitude3 (en una subasta) bid* * *noun f.1) position2) posture* * *SF1) [del cuerpo] positionno sé cómo puedes estar en una postura tan incómoda — I don't know how you can stand being in such an uncomfortable position
2) (=actitud) stance, position3) [en una subasta] bid4) [en juego de azar] bet, stake5) [de ave] (=acción) egg-laying; (=conjunto de huevos) eggs pl, eggs laid pl6) ** (=droga) 1000-pesetas' worth of hashish* * *1) ( del cuerpo) position2)a) ( actitud) stanceeso de no comprometerte es una postura muy cómoda — not committing yourself like that is an easy option
b) ( opinión) opinionposturas encontradas or enfrentadas — opposing views
tomar postura — to take a stand
3) (AmL) (de ropa, zapatos)•* * *1) ( del cuerpo) position2)a) ( actitud) stanceeso de no comprometerte es una postura muy cómoda — not committing yourself like that is an easy option
b) ( opinión) opinionposturas encontradas or enfrentadas — opposing views
tomar postura — to take a stand
3) (AmL) (de ropa, zapatos)•* * *postura11 = posture, pose.Ex: 'I'll give it more thought,' she said with a sharp frown, resuming her former posture.
Ex: Male readers are often attracted to this sub-genre because of the books' pin-up art, depicting beautiful young women in revealing costumes and provocative poses.* de postura = postural.* postura del loto, la = lotus position, the, padmasana.* postura de yoga = asana.* postura exigida por el trabajo = work posture.* postura física = physical posture.postura2= stance, position, stand, posturing, viewpoint, standpoint, view, opinion (on).Ex: It is precisely such programme arrangements which seemed, upon examination, to produce an equivocal stance on the question of applying the technology in a user-orientated way.
Ex: In 1971 John Pemberton was engaged by the Government `to carry out a broad review of the present position regarding the provision of printed ephemera in libraries in Great Britain'.Ex: The Midwinter Meeting of the American Library Association included various items of business such as: the ALA stand on UNESCO; a new dues schedule; grants; role of school librarians in ALA; new cataloguing tools; and standards.Ex: The lavishness of the presentation imbues the show with conviction and almost distracts from the ridiculousness of its apocalyptic posturing.Ex: Whatever viewpoint is taken, it is difficult to dispute the significance of AACR1.Ex: So it seems to me you should try to resolve this point of approach, whether you're going to approach it from the standpoint of the user or from the standpoint of the group being listed.Ex: There is an alternative method for the design of subject retrieval devices, and that is to build languages or schemes which depend upon some theoretical views about the nature and structure of knowledge.Ex: A reputable supplier will readily provide names of former customers who may be contacted for their opinions on service, support and maintenance.* adoptar la postura moral correcta = take + the high ground, take + the high road.* adoptar una postura = adopt + posture, adopt + behaviour, adopt + a stance, take + position, take + a stance.* adoptar una postura crítica sobre = take + a critical view of.* adoptar una postura firme = take + a stand (against).* adoptar una postura firme ante una cuestión = take + position on + issue.* adoptar una postura firme contra = take + a firm stand against.* adoptar una postura intransigente = take + a hard stand.* adoptar una postura unánime = speak with + one voice.* adoptar un postura = embrace + view, don + mantle.* cambiar de postura = reconsider + position.* cambiar radicalmente de postura = do + an about-face.* cambio radical de postura = about-face.* declaración de postura oficial = position paper.* defender + Posesivo + postura = argue + Posesivo + case.* desafiar una postura = challenge + attitude.* poner en entredicho una postura = compromise + position.* postura defensiva = bunker mentality.* postura ideológica en contra de la homosexualidad = heterosexism.* postura indefinida = fence-sitting position.* postura única = unified voice.* tomar una postura = take + viewpoint, adopt + a stance, take + position, take + a stance.* tomar una postura firme = take + a stand (against).* tomar una postura intransigente = take + a hard stand.* * *A (del cuerpo) positiontengo que haber dormido en una mala postura I must have slept in an awkward positiontiene muy mala postura he has very bad postureCompuesto:lotus positionB1 (actitud) stanceadoptó una postura crítica frente a esta propuesta she adopted a critical attitude toward(s) o a critical stance on this proposaleso de no comprometerte es una postura muy cómoda not committing yourself like that is an easy way out o is an easy option2 (opinión) opinionhay posturas encontradas or enfrentadas en la organización there are opposing views within the organizationtomar postura to take a standC( AmL) (de ropa, zapatos): se le rompieron a la primera postura they broke the first time she wore themCompuesto:* * *
postura sustantivo femenino
1 ( del cuerpo) position
2
◊ adoptar una postura firme con respecto a algo to take a tough stance o stand on sth
◊ tomar postura to take a stand
3 (AmL) (de ropa, zapatos):
postura de argollas (Chi) ( acción) exchange of rings ( to seal one's engagement);
( fiesta) engagement party
postura sustantivo femenino
1 (física) position, posture
2 (intelectual) attitude
' postura' also found in these entries:
Spanish:
actitud
- antinuclear
- flexibilizar
- inamovible
- mantenerse
- pose
- suscitar
- ultranza
- afianzar
- asentar
- claro
- concesión
- definición
- duro
- extremo
- política
- reconciliar
English:
assume
- attitude
- firm
- inflexible
- pose
- position
- posture
- stance
- stand
- about
- line
* * *postura nf1. [posición] position, posture;ponte en una postura cómoda get into a comfortable position, make yourself comfortablepostura del misionero missionary position2. [actitud] attitude, stance;adoptar una postura to adopt an attitude o a stance;tienes que tomar postura you have to take up a position;defiende posturas muy radicales he upholds very radical opinions o views3. [en subasta] bid4. Am [uso]este vestido se me estropeó a la segunda postura this dress fell to pieces the second time I wore it* * *f tb figposition* * *postura nf1) : posture, position (of the body)2) actitud, posición: position, stance* * *postura n position -
7 einseitig
I Adj.1. oft pej. (Ausbildung, Begabung, Bericht, Sichtweise etc.) one-sided; (parteiisch) partial, bias(s)ed3. MED. on one side; eine einseitige Lungenentzündung single pneumonia; einseitige Lähmung paralysis on one side, hemiplegia fachspr.5. (Druck etc.) one-sidedII Adv.1. pej.: etw. einseitig darstellen give a (very) one-sided view of s.th.; einseitig begabt oder veranlagt sein be one-sided; sie ist nur einseitig gebildet she has a very one-sided education2. POL., JUR. unilaterally3. einseitig bedruckt / beschrieben printed / written on one side* * *unilateral; one-sided; lop-sided; single-track* * *ein|sei|tig ['ainzaitɪç]1. adjéínseitige Lungenentzündung — single pneumonia
éínseitige Lähmung — hemiplegia (form), paralysis of one side of the body
2) Freundschaft, Zuneigung one-sided3) (= beschränkt) Ausbildung one-sided; (= parteiisch) Bericht, Standpunkt, Zeitung biased; Ernährung unbalancedéínseitige Kürzungen im Etat — reductions in one area of the budget only
2. adv1) (= auf einer Seite) on one side2)(= unausgewogen)
sich éínseitig ernähren — to have an unbalanced dietjdn éínseitig ausbilden — to give sb a one-sided education
etw éínseitig schildern — to give a one-sided portrayal of sth, to portray sth one-sidedly
3) (= parteiisch) subjectivelyjdn éínseitig informieren — to give sb biased information
* * *1) (with one person or side having a great advantage over the other: a one-sided contest.) one-sided2) (representing only one aspect of a subject: a one-sided discussion.) one-sided* * *ein·sei·tig[ˈainzaitɪç]I. adj\einseitige Erklärungen declarations made by one party2. MED one-sidedeine \einseitige Lähmung paralysis of one side of the body3. (beschränkt) one-sidedeine \einseitige Ernährung an unbalanced diet4. (voreingenommen) bias[s]ed, one-sidedII. adv1. (auf einer Seite) on one sidedie Folie ist \einseitig bedruckt the transparency is printed on one side2. (beschränkt) in a one-sided wayjdn \einseitig ausbilden to educate [or train] sb in a one-sided fashion3. (parteiisch) from a one-sided point of view, one-sidedly\einseitig informiert sein to have heard only one side of the argument* * *1.1) on one side postpos.; unrequited < love>; one-sided < friendship>er hat eine einseitige Lähmung — he's paralysed down one side
3) unbalanced < diet>; one-sided < education>2.1)2) s. einseitig 1. 2): one-sidedly3)* * *A. adj1. oft pej (Ausbildung, Begabung, Bericht, Sichtweise etc) one-sided; (parteiisch) partial, bias(s)ed3. MED on one side;eine einseitige Lungenentzündung single pneumonia;einseitige Lähmung paralysis on one side, hemiplegia fachspr4. (unausgeglichen) unbalanced, one-sided;einseitige Ernährung unbalanced diet5. (Druck etc) one-sidedB. adv1. pej:etwas einseitig darstellen give a (very) one-sided view of sth;veranlagt sein be one-sided;sie ist nur einseitig gebildet she has a very one-sided education2. POL, JUR unilaterally3.einseitig bedruckt/beschrieben printed/written on one side4. MED:einseitig gelähmt paralysed on one side, hemiplegic fachspr* * *1.1) on one side postpos.; unrequited < love>; one-sided < friendship>2) one-sided, biased <view, statement, etc.>; one-sided < person>3) unbalanced < diet>; one-sided < education>2.1)2) s. einseitig 1. 2): one-sidedly3)* * *adj.lopsided adj.one sided adj.one-sided adj.one-way adj.single-edge adj.unilateral adj. adv.unilaterally adv. -
8 σάρξ
σάρξ, σαρκός, ἡ (Hom.+; ‘flesh’).① the material that covers the bones of a human or animal body, flesh lit. 1 Cor 15:39abcd; Hv 3, 10, 4; 3, 12, 1. The pl. (which denotes flesh in the mass [Lucian, Dial. Mort. 10, 5], whereas the sing. rather denotes the substance.—Herodas 4, 61; Gen 40:19; 1 Km 17:44; 4 Km 9:36; PsSol 4:19; TestJob 13:5; Philo; Jos., Ant. 12, 211; Just., A I, 26, 7; Mel., P. 52, 383; Ath. 34, 2) Lk 24:39 v.l.; Rv 19:18, 21 (4 [6] Esdr [POxy 1010, 16] cannibalism out of hunger, sim. Mel., P. 52, 383; Quint. Smyrn. 11, 245: the σάρκες of the slain are food for the birds) B 10:4; metaph. Rv 17:16. It decays 1 Cl 25:3; cp. Ac 2:31 (cp. 2a below). Normally gives forth an evil odor when burned MPol 15:2. W. bones (s. ὀστέον) 1 Cl 6:3 (Gen 2:23); Lk 24:39; Eph 5:30 v.l. (metaph.). Paul speaks of his illness as a σκόλοψ τῇ σαρκί (s. σκόλοψ) 2 Cor 12:7. ἡ ἐν σαρκὶ περιτομή the physical circumcision (cp. Just., D. 10, 1 al.) Ro 2:28; cp. Eph 2:11b; Col 2:13 (ἀκροβυστία 2); Gal 6:13 (ἡ σάρξ=the flesh that is circumcised); B 9:4. Metaph.: the corrosion on the precious metals of the rich φάγεται τὰς σάρκας ὑμῶν ὡς πῦρ Js 5:3.—Ign. describes the elements of the Eucharist as σὰρξ (or αἷμα) Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ IRo 7:3; IPhld 4; ISm 7:1. Also J 6:51–56 urges that one must eat the flesh (and drink the blood) of the Human One or Son of Man (Just., A I, 66, 2; s. TPhilips, Die Verheissung der hl. Eucharistie nach Joh. 1922; Bultmann ad loc.; AWikenhauser ’48, 105f).—His anti-Docetic position also leads Ign. to use the concept ‘flesh (and blood) of Christ’ in other contexts as well ITr 8:1; IPhld 5:1.—For Mt 16:17; Gal 1:16; Eph 6:12; and 1 Cor 15:50 s. 3a.② the physical body as functioning entity, body, physical bodyⓐ as substance and living entity (Aeschyl., Sept. 622: opp. νοῦς; Ex 30:32; 4 Km 6:30; TestAbr A 20 p. 103, 6 [Stone p. 54] πάντα τὰ μέλη τῆς σαρκός μου; w. καρδία or ψυχή Alex. Aphr., An. p. 98, 7–10 Br.; Ps 37:8; 62:2; Eccl 2:3; Ezk 11:19; 44:7 a1.; Jos., Bell. 6, 47, Ant. 19, 325; Ar.15, 7) οὔτε ἡ σὰρξ αὐτοῦ εἶδεν διαφθοράν Ac 2:31 (but s. 1). W. ψυχή 1 Cl 49:6 (Tat. 13:2 al.). W. καρδία Ac 2:26 (Ps 15:9).—Eph 5:29. ἑόρακαν τὸ πρόσωπόν μου ἐν σαρκί they have seen me face to face Col 2:1. ἕως ἂν τὸν χριστὸν ἐν σαρκὶ ἴδῃ before he had seen the Messiah in person GJs 24:4 (cp. Lk 2:26). Opp. πνεῦμα (Ath. 31:3; PGM 5, 460 ἐπικαλοῦμαί σε τὸν κτίσαντα πᾶσαν σάρκα κ. πᾶν πνεῦμα) 1 Cor 5:5; 2 Cor 7:1; Col 2:5; 1 Pt 4:6; Hm 3:1; 10, 2, 6; cp. AcPl Ant 13:17 (=Aa, I 237, 2; s. οἶδα); also in relation to Christ (though this is disputed) J 6:63; Hs 5, 6, 5–7; cp. 1 Ti 3:16.—ἀσθένεια τῆς σαρκός bodily ailment Gal 4:13; s. vs. 14. ἀσθενὴς τῇ σαρκί weak in the body Hs 9, 1, 2. ὁ ἀλγῶν σάρκα the one who is ill in body B 8:6. πάσχειν σαρκί 1 Pt 4:1b. Cp. 2 Cor 7:5. ἡ τῆς σαρκὸς καθαρότης the purity of the body Hb 9:13 (opp. καθαρίζειν τὴν συνείδησιν vs. 14). σαρκὸς ἀπόθεσις ῥύπου 1 Pt 3:21 (s. ῥύπος 1). The σάρξ is raised fr. the dead (s. ParJer 6:9; Theoph. Ant. 1, 7 [74, 2]) 1 Cl 26:3; 2 Cl 9:1. ἀνάστασις σαρκός AcPlCor 1:12; 2:24 (σαρκὸς ἀνάστασιν Just., D. 80, 5); cp. ἀναστήσεσθε ἔχοντες ὑγιῆ τὴν σάρκα AcPlCor 2:32. Of the body of Christ during his earthly ministry Eph 2:14 (JHart, The Enmity in His Flesh: Exp. 6th ser., 3, 1901, 135–41); Hb 10:20; 1 Pt 3:18; 4:1a; 1J 4:2; 2J 7; B 5:1, 10f; 6:7, 9; 7:5; 12:10; IEph 7:2; Pol 7:1; AcPlCor 2:6b. Married couples form μία σάρξ (Gen 2:24; s. Ath. 33, 2 τὴν σάρκα πρὸς σάρκα … κοινωνίαν.—GAicher, Mann u. Weib ein Fleisch: BZ 5, 1907, 159–65) Mt 19:5f; Mk 10:8ab; 1 Cor 6:16; Eph 5:31 (on these passages, TBurkill, ZNW 62, ’71, 115–20). δικαιώματα σαρκός behind ‘all sorts of ceremonial washings’ there are regulations that concern the physical body Hb 9:10.—On ὑποτάγητε τῷ ἐπισκόπῳ ὡς ὁ Χριστὸς τῷ πατρὶ κατὰ σάρκα IMg 13:2 s. Hdb. ad loc. and MRackl, Die Christologie des hl. Ignatius v. Ant. 1914, 228.—πνεῦμα δυνάμεως … ὁ θεὸς … κατέπεμψεν εἰς σάρκα τουτέστιν εἰς τὴν Μαρίαν God sent a powerful spirit (prob. a ref. to the kind of divine breath that brought the first human being to life [Gen 2:7]) into flesh, that is, into Mary AcPl Ha 8, 26=BMM recto 34; s. AcPlCor 1:14.ⓑ as someth. with physical limitations, life here on earth (ApcEsdr 4:4 p. 28, 3 Tdf. σάρκα ἀνθρωπίνην φορῶ) θλῖψιν τῇ σαρκὶ ἕξουσιν 1 Cor 7:28. Cp. 2 Cor 4:11; Col 1:24. Of Christ τὸ σῶμα τῆς σαρκὸς αὐτοῦ his body with its physical limitations Col 1:22; cp. 2:11 and s. cα below (cp. En 102:5 τὸ σῶμα τῆς σαρκὸς ὑμῶν; 1QpHab 9:2; Orig., C. Cels. 6, 29, 25).—Of human life: ἀποδημεῖν τῆς σαρκός MPol 2:2 (s. ἀποδημέω). ἐπιμένειν ἐν τῇ σαρκί Phil 1:24. ζῆν ἐν σαρκί vs. 22; Gal 2:20. ἐν ς. περιπατεῖν 2 Cor 10:3a. ἐν ς. τυγχάνειν Dg 5:8a. ὄντος ἔτι ἐν ς. σου AcPlCor 1:6. τὸν ἐπίλοιπον ἐν ς. χρόνον 1 Pt 4:2. ἡ ἐπιδημία τῆς σαρκὸς ταύτης our sojourn in life 2 Cl 5:5. ἐν τῇ σαρκί in our earthly life 8:2.ⓒ as instrument of various actions or expressions.α. In Paul’s thought esp., all parts of the body constitute a totality known as ς. or flesh, which is dominated by sin to such a degree that wherever flesh is, all forms of sin are likew. present, and no good thing can live in the σάρξ Ro 7:18 (cp. Philo, Gig. 29 αἴτιον δὲ τῆς ἀνεπιστημοσύνης μέγιστον ἡ σὰρξ καὶ ἡ πρὸς σάρκα οἰκείωσις; Sextus 317 ἀγαθὸν ἐν σαρκὶ μὴ ἐπιζήτει. The OT lays no stress on a necessary relationship betw. flesh as a substance, and sin. But for Epicurus the σάρξ is the bearer of sinful feelings and desires as well as the means of sensual enjoyment: Ep. in Plut., Mor. 135c; 1087bf; 1089e; 1096c αἱ τῆς σαρκὸς ἐπιθυμίαι. Also Diog. L. 10, 145. Likew. Plut. himself: Mor. 101b ταῖς τῆς σαρκὸς ἡδοναῖς; 672e; 688d; 734a; Ps.-Plut., Mor. 107f σαρκὶ καὶ τοῖς πάθεσι ταύτης; Maximus Tyr. 33, 7a. Cp. 4 Macc 7:18 τὰ τῆς σαρκὸς πάθη; Philo, Deus Imm. 143 σαρκὸς ἡδονή, Gig. 29; TestJud 19:4; TestZeb 9:7; ApcMos 25 [p. 14, 2 Tdf.] εἰς τὴν ἁμαρτίαν τῆς σαρκός); Ro 6:19; 7:25 (opp. νοῦς); 8:3a, 4–9 (cp. Persius 2, 63 scelerata pulpa, which contaminates devotion to deity), 12f; Gal 5:13, 24; Col 2:23; Jd 23; AcPlCor 2:11, 15; Dg 6:5 (opp. ψυχή, as Plut., Mor. 101b). Opp. τὸ πνεῦμα Ro 8:4, 5, 6, 9, 13; Gal 3:3; 5:16, 17ab; 6:8ab; J 3:6; B 10:9. τὸ μὲν πνεῦμα πρόθυμον, ἡ δὲ σὰρξ ἀσθενής (cp. Orig., C. Cels. 2, 25, 8) Mt 26:41; Mk 14:38; Pol 7:2. σὰρξ ἁμαρτίας sinful flesh Ro 8:3b. ἐπιθυμία (τῆς) σαρκός (cp. Maximus Tyr. 20, 9f σαρκῶν … ἐπιθυμίας) Gal 5:16; 1J 2:16; B 10:9. Pl. Eph 2:3a, cp. b; 2 Pt 2:18; cp. Ro 13:14. τὰ ἔργα τῆς σαρκός Gal 5:19 (s. Vögtle at πλεονεξία). τὰ θελήματα τῆς σαρκός Eph 2:3b. ὁ νοῦς τῆς σαρκός Col 2:18. τὸ σῶμα τῆς σαρκός the body of (sinful) flesh 2:11; cp. 1:22 and s. b above (cp. Sir 23:17 σῶμα σαρκὸς αὐτοῦ; En 102:5 τῷ σώματι τῆς σαρκὸς ὑμῶν). τὰ τῆς σαρκός what pertains to (sinful) flesh Ro 8:5b. ἐν (τῇ) σαρκὶ εἶναι be in an unregenerate (and sinful) state Ro 7:5; 8:8f. τὰ ἔθνη ἐν σαρκί Eph 2:11a. κατὰ σάρκα εἶναι Ro 8:5a; ζῆν vs. 12b; 13; Dg 5:8b; περιπατεῖν Ro 8:4; 2 Cor 10:2; βουλεύεσθαι 1:17; στρατεύεσθαι 10:3b; cp. IRo 8:3 (opp. κατὰ γνώμην θεοῦ).β. source of the sexual urge. The σάρξ is the source of the sexual urge, without any suggestion of sinfulness connected w. it ἐκ θελήματος σαρκὸς ἐγεννήθησαν J 1:13.ⓓ as someth. attractive 2 Pt 2:10 (a Hebraism, cp. Judg 2:12; 3 Km 11:10; Sir 46:10). S. also 3b.③ one who is or becomes a physical being, living being with fleshⓐ of humans person, human being: πᾶσα σάρξ every person, everyone (LXX; TestAbr B 7 p. 112, 3 [Stone p. 72]; GrBar 4:10; ApcEsdr 7:7; ApcMos 13 [p. 7, 1 Tdf.]; Mel., P. 55, 400: for כָּל-בָּשָׂר; s. πᾶς 1aα) Lk 3:6 (Is 40:5); J 17:2; Ac 2:17 (Jo 3:1); 1 Pt 1:24 (Is 40:6); 1 Cl 59:3; 64; 2 Cl 7:6; 17:5 (the last two Is 66:24); AcPlCor 2:6a. οὐ πᾶσα σάρξ no person, nobody (En 14:21 end.—W-S. §26, 10a; B-D-F §275, 4; 302, 1; Rob. 752) Mt 24:22; Mk 13:20; Ro 3:20 (cp. Ps 142:2 πᾶς ζῶν); 1 Cor 1:29 (μή); Gal 2:16.—Though ς. in the foll. passages refers to body in its physical aspect, it cannot be divorced from its conjunction with αἷμα, and the unit σὰρξ καὶ αἷμα (cp. Sir 17:31; TestAbr B 13 p. 117, 26 [Stone p. 82]; Philo, Quis Div. Rer. Her. 57; Just., D. 135, 6) refers to a human being in contrast to God and other transcendent beings Mt 16:17; Gal 1:16; Eph 6:12 (here vice versa, αἷ. καὶ ς.). τὰ παιδία κεκοινώνηκεν αἵματος καὶ σαρκός the children share mortal nature Hb 2:14, but with suggestion of its frailty, as indicated by the context with its ref. to death. Because they are the opposites of the divine nature σὰρξ καὶ αἷμα βασιλείαν θεοῦ κληρονομῆσαι οὐ δύναται 1 Cor 15:50 (JJeremias, NTS 2, ’56, 151–59). For Jd 7 s. b next. Cp. AcPl Ant 13, 17 (=Aa I 237, 2) σαρκί personally (s. οἶδα 2).ⓑ of transcendent entities ὁ λόγος σὰρξ ἐγένετο J 1:14 (RSeeberg, Festgabe AvHarnack dargebracht 1921, 263–81.—Artem. 2, 35 p. 132, 27 ἐὰν σάρκινοι οἱ θεοὶ φαίνωνται; Synes., Dio 6 p. 45b).—Of flesh other than human: ὀπίσω σαρκὸς ἑτέρας after another kind of flesh (cp. Judg 2:12 ὀπίσω θεῶν ἑτέρων) i.e. of divine messengers who take on ς. when they appear to humans (so Windisch et al.; difft. Frame et al. of same-sex activity) Jd 7.④ human/ancestral connection, human/mortal nature, earthly descent (Did., Gen. 144, 25) Ἀβραὰμ τὸν προπάτορα ἡμῶν κατὰ σάρκα Ro 4:1 (Just., D. 43, 7 al.). οἱ συγγενεῖς μου κατὰ σάρκα 9:3. τοὺς τῆς σαρκὸς ἡμῶν πατέρας Hb 12:9. τὸν Ἰσραὴλ κατὰ σάρκα the earthly Israel 1 Cor 10:18 (opp. τὸν Ἰσραὴλ τοῦ θεοῦ Gal 6:16). Of natural descent τὰ τέκνα τῆς σαρκός children by natural descent Ro 9:8 (opp. τὰ τέκνα τῆς ἐπαγγελίας). ὁ μὲν ἐκ τῆς παιδίσκης κατὰ σάρκα γεγέννηται Gal 4:23; cp. vs. 29. μου τὴν σάρκα my compatriots Ro 11:14 (s. Gen 37:27).—Of Christ’s physical nature Ro 8:3c; Hb 5:7. Christ is descended fr. the patriarchs and fr. David (τὸ) κατὰ σάρκα according to the human side of his nature, as far as his physical descent is concerned Ro 1:3 (JDunn, Jesus: Flesh and Spirit [Ro 1:3f], JTS 24, ’73, 40–68); 9:5; 1 Cl 32:2; IEph 20:2. The context of 2 Cor 11:18 includes ancestry as a reason for boasting, but ς. in this pass. applies as well to other aspects of Paul’s career and therefore belongs more properly in 5.⑤ the outward side of life as determined by normal perspectives or standards, a transf. sense of 1 and 2. Usually w. κατά indicating norm or standard σοφοὶ κατὰ σάρκα wise (people) according to human standards 1 Cor 1:26. καυχᾶσθαι κατὰ (τὴν) σάρκα boast of one’s outward circumstances, i.e. descent, manner of life, etc. (cp. 11:22) 2 Cor 11:18. κατὰ σάρκα Χριστόν Christ (the Messiah) from a human point of view or as far as externals are concerned 5:16b, cp. a (κατά B5bβ and 7a; also VWeber, BZ 2, 1904, 178–88; HWindisch, exc. ad loc.; Rtzst., Mysterienrel.3, 374–76; FPorter, Does Paul Claim to Have Known the Historical Jesus [2 Cor 5:16]?: JBL 47, 1928, 257–75; RMoxon, CQR 108, 1929, 320–28). οἱ κατὰ σάρκα κύριοι those who, according to human standards, are masters Eph 6:5; Col 3:22. ὑμεῖς κατὰ τὴν ς. κρίνετε you judge by outward things, by externals J 8:15. Of the route taken in one’s earthly life ἡ ὁδὸς ἡ κατὰ σάρκα IRo 9:3.—ἐν σαρκὶ πεποιθέναι place one’s trust in earthly things or physical advantages Phil 3:3f. εὐπροσωπῆσαι ἐν σαρκί Gal 6:12. Onesimus is a beloved brother to Philemon καὶ ἐν σαρκὶ καὶ ἐν κυρίῳ both as a human being (=personally, in the external relationship betw. master and slave) and as a Christian Phlm 16. ὑμῶν δὲ ἐν σαρκὶ ἐπισκόπῳ IEph 1:3 (cp. IMg 3:2).—HWindisch, Taufe u. Sünde 1908; EBurton, ICC Gal. 1920, 492–95; WSchauf, Sarx 1924; WBieder, Auferstehung des Fleisches od. des Leibes?: TZ 1, ’45, 105–20. W. special ref. to Paul: Ltzm., Hdb. exc. on Ro 7:14 and 8:11; Lohmeyer (ἁμαρτία 3a); EKäsemann, Leib u. Leib Christi ’33; RGrant, ATR 22, ’40, 199–203; RBultmann, Theologie des NTs ’48, 228–49 (Engl. tr. by KGrobel, ’51 I, 227–59); LMarshall, Challenge of NT Ethics ’47, 267–70; E Schweizer, Die hellenist. Komponente im NT sarx-Begriff: ZNW 48, ’57, 237–53; two in KStendahl, The Scrolls and the NT, ’57: KKuhn, 94–113 and WDavies, 157–82; JPryke, ‘Spirit’ and ‘Flesh’ in Qumran and NT: RevQ 5, ’65, 346–60; DLys, La chair dans l’AT ’67; ASand, D. Begriff ‘Fleisch’ ’67 (Paul); RJewett, Paul’s Anthropological Terms ’71, 49–166. On Ign.: CRichardson, The Christianity of Ign. of Ant. ’35, esp. 49 and 61. S. also the lit. s.v. πνεῦμα, end.—B. 202. DELG. M-M. EDNT. TW. Spicq. Sv. -
9 ante
prep.1 in front of, before, in the presence of.2 before, in the event of, taking into consideration.m.1 elk, moose.2 suede, deer skin.* * *1 ZOOLOGÍA elk, moose2 (piel) suede————————1 before, in the presence of2 (considerando) in the face of\* * *1. prep.1) before2) considering, faced with•2. noun m.1) elk, moose2) suede* * *ISM1) (Zool) (=ciervo) elk, moose; (=búfalo) buffalo; Méx (=tapir) tapir2) (=piel) suede3) Méx (=dulce) macaroonIIPREP1) (=en presencia de) [+ persona] before2) (=enfrentado a) [+ peligro] in the face of, faced with; [+ dificultad, duda] faced with3)ante todo hay que recordar que... — first of all let's remember that...
* * *I1)a) (frml) ( delante de) beforeb) ( frente a)2)IIante todo — ( primero) first and foremost; ( sobre todo) above all
a) (Zool) ( especie europea) elk; ( especie norteamericana) mooseb) ( cuero) suede* * *I1)a) (frml) ( delante de) beforeb) ( frente a)2)IIante todo — ( primero) first and foremost; ( sobre todo) above all
a) (Zool) ( especie europea) elk; ( especie norteamericana) mooseb) ( cuero) suede* * *ante11 = suede.Ex: English riders will wear riding breeches with swede patches that fit very snugly.
* piel de ante = suede.ante22 = before, in the face of, vis à vis, in the presence of, in view of, facing.Ex: The hearings before the Royal Commission, including among the witnesses some of the most prominent librarians and scholars of that day, extended from 1847 to 1849.
Ex: In the face of present priorities and staff commitments, the Library feels that it cannot undertake a comprehensive study of the subject heading system that would pave the way for a major restructuring of the system.Ex: The information note following the explanatory heading provides guidance to the user of the catalogue vis à vis the conventions used in formulating uniform headings.Ex: Errors in colleagues' work should be brought to their attention tactfully and not in the presence of others = A los compañeros se les debería hacer ver sus errores discretamente y no en presencia de otros.Ex: In view of the frequency with which users could benefit from references to a broader subject this omission must be regarded as a deficiency of A/Z subject catalogue.Ex: Under the Highway Safety Code, cyclists must ride on the street, facing traffic.* ante cualquier adversidad = in the face of + adversity.* ante la adversidad = in the face of + adversity.* ante la ley = at law.* ante la opinión pública = in the public eye.* ante la posibilidad de = at the prospect of.* ante la presión de = in the crush to.* ante + Posesivo + propios ojos = before + Posesivo + (own two) eyes, before + Posesivo + very eyes.* ante-sala = lobby.* ante todo = first and foremost, before anything else, more than anything else, first of all, above all, above all things.* estar ante = be faced with.* representación ante el juzgado = representation at tribunal.* * *ante1A1 ( frml) (delante de) beforecomparecer ante el juez to appear before the judgemiles de personas desfilaron ante su cadáver thousands of people filed past the body2(enfrentado a): ante la gravedad de la situación in view of o considering o given the seriousness of the situationante la proximidad de las elecciones with the elections so closeveamos cómo reacciona ante este problema let us see how he reacts when faced with this problemtodos somos iguales ante la ley we are all equal in the eyes of the lawnos hallamos ante una gran injusticia we are faced with a grave injusticeante la duda, abstente if in doubt, don'tBse considera ante todo madre she thinks of herself as a mother above all elsela seguridad ante todo safety first, safety must come firstante2A2 (cuero) suedeuna chaqueta de ante a suede jacket* * *
ante preposición
1
b) ( frente a):
iguales ante la ley equal in the eyes of the law;
nos hallamos ante un problema we are faced with a problem
2
( sobre todo) above all
■ sustantivo masculino ( cuero) suede
ante 1 sustantivo masculino
1 (piel) suede
2 Zool elk, moose
ante 2 preposición
1 before, in the presence of
Jur ante notario, in the presence of a notary
2 (en vista de) faced with, in view of: ante la falta de medios, hicieron un llamamiento a la solidaridad, faced with the shortage of resources, they made an appeal for help
♦ Locuciones: ante todo, discreción, above all, be discreet
' ante' also found in these entries:
Spanish:
a.m.
- acobardarse
- actitud
- apelar
- calma
- comparecer
- contingencia
- declarar
- desesperación
- desfilar
- disyuntiva
- doblarse
- el
- entera
- entero
- escamarse
- evidenciar
- expectante
- firme
- humillarse
- igualdad
- impasible
- inclinarse
- infranqueable
- inmutable
- levantarse
- palidecer
- plantarse
- prestar
- reaccionar
- resistir
- retroceder
- sombrero
- sucumbir
- viabilidad
- abogado
- acobardar
- alarma
- apocarse
- ciego
- conducir
- humillar
- igual
- imperturbable
- inclinar
- interceder
- ley
- mediar
- negativa
- poder
English:
a.m.
- accountable
- accused
- admire
- alarmed
- ambush
- ante
- appear
- appearance
- before
- bristle
- career
- cheek
- crawl
- curtsey
- curtsy
- demonstrator
- equal
- flail
- gazumping
- give in
- give up
- go before
- grovel
- guilt
- haul up
- insecure
- justice
- kneel
- kowtow
- March
- primarily
- protest
- quail
- react
- responsible
- safety
- shrink
- stick
- suede
- survivalist
- unmoved
- yield
- address
- barrister
- bow
- eye
- file
- first
- go
* * *ante1 nm1. [piel] suede;zapatos de ante suede shoes2. [animal] [europeo] elk;[americano] mooseante2 prep1. [delante de, en presencia de] before;se arrodilló ante el Papa he kneeled before the Pope;comparecer ante el juez to appear before the judge, to appear in court;apelar ante el tribunal to appeal to the court;es muy tímido y se encoge ante sus superiores he's very timid and clams up in the presence of his superiors;nos hicimos una foto ante la Esfinge we took a photo of ourselves standing in front of the Sphinx;estamos ante otro Dalí this is another Dali, we have before us another Dali;desfilar/marchar ante algo/alguien to file/march past sth/sb2. [frente a] [hecho, circunstancia] in the face of;ante una actitud tan intolerante, poco se puede hacer there is little we can do in the face of such intolerance;ante la insistencia de su hermano, accedimos a admitirla at her brother's insistence, we agreed to take her on;no se detendrá ante nada she'll stop at nothing, nothing will stop her;no se amilana ante nada he isn't scared of anything;¿cuál es tu postura ante el aborto? what's your opinion about abortion?;cerrar los ojos ante algo [ignorar] to close one's eyes to sth;ante la duda, mejor no intentarlo if in doubt, it's best not to attempt it;me descubro ante su esfuerzo I take my hat off to him for his effort;extasiarse ante algo to go into ecstasies over sth;se quedó solo ante el peligro he was left to face the danger alone;se crece ante las dificultades she thrives in the face of adversity;ser responsable ante alguien to be accountable to sb;retroceder ante el peligro to shrink back from danger3. [respecto de] compared to;su obra palidece ante la de su maestro his work pales in comparison with that of his master;su opinión prevaleció ante la mía his opinion prevailed over mine4.[en primer lugar] first of allante todo [sobre todo] above all;* * *I m1 suede2 ZO mooseante todo above all* * *ante nm1) : elk, moose2) : suedeante prep1) : before, in front of2) : considering, in view of3)ante todo : first and foremost, above all* * *ante1 n suedeante2 prep1. (delante de) before2. (frente a) in the face of -
10 haut
haut, e [ˈo, ˈot]━━━━━━━━━1. adjective5. adverb6. compounds━━━━━━━━━1. <a. high ; [herbe, arbre, édifice] tall• avoir une haute opinion de soi-même to have a high opinion of o.s.• être haut en couleur ( = rougeaud) to have a high colour ; ( = coloré, pittoresque) to be colourfulb. ( = ancien) le haut Moyen Âge the Early Middle Ages2. <a. ( = hauteur) le mur a 3 mètres de haut the wall is 3 metres high• combien fait-il de haut ? how high is it?b. ( = partie supérieure) top• « haut » "this way up"c. ( = vêtement) topd. (locutions)• être au plus haut (dans les sondages) [personne] to be riding high ; [cote, popularité] to be at its peak• voir les choses de haut ( = avec détachement) to take a detached view of things• prendre qch de haut ( = avec mépris) to react indignantly to sth• prendre qn de haut to look down on sb► de haut en bas, du haut en bas [couvrir, fouiller] from top to bottom ; [s'ouvrir] from the top downwards• du haut en bas de la hiérarchie at all levels of the hierarchy► du haut [tiroir, étagère, dents] top• des ordres qui viennent d'en haut orders from above► en haut ( = au sommet) at the top ; (dans un immeuble) upstairs• en haut de [+ immeuble, escalier, côte, écran] at the top of3. <4. <5. <a. ( = en hauteur) [monter, sauter, voler] high• haut les mains ! hands up!b. ( = fort) lire tout haut to read aloudc. ( = dans les aigus) monter haut to hit the top notese. ( = en arrière) voir plus haut see above6. <* * *
1.
haute ’o, ’ot adjectif1) [montagne, mur, talon] high; [arbre, monument] tall; [herbe] long, tallattention, la première marche est haute — be careful, the first step is steep
2) ( situé en altitude) high3) ( dans une échelle de valeurs) [température, salaires, précision] high; [note, ton] high, high-pitched4) ( dans une hiérarchie) (before n) [personnage, poste] high-ranking; [clergé, magistrat] senior; [société] high; [responsabilités] big; [dirigeant, responsable] senior, high-rankinghaut Comité/Conseil — National Committee/Council
5) Géographie upper6) Histoire
2.
1) ( à un niveau élevé) [monter, voler] high2) ( dans le temps) far back3) ( dans un texte)4) ( fort) loudlyparler haut et clair — fig to speak unambiguously
3.
nom masculin1) ( partie élevée) top2) ( hauteur)faire 50 mètres de haut — to be 50 metres [BrE] high
4.
en haut locution ( à l'étage supérieur) upstairs; ( à un étage supérieur) on an upper floor; (de rideau, mur, page) at the top; (le ciel, le paradis) abovepasser par en haut — ( par la route) to take the top road
les voleurs sont entrés par en haut — ( par l'étage) the thieves got in upstairs
5.
hauts nom masculin pluriel Géographie heightsPhrasal Verbs:••voir les choses de haut — ( avec sérénité) to have a detached view of things
avoir or connaître des hauts et des bas — to have one's ups and downs
l'emporter or gagner or vaincre haut la main — to win hands down
prendre quelqu'un de haut — to look down one's nose at somebody; cri, pavé
* * *'o, 'ot haut, -e1. adj1) (situation) highplus haut (en altitude, sur un mur) — higher up, further up, (dans un texte) above
2) (dimensions) (immeuble) tall, (paroi) high3) (son, ton, voix) high, high-pitchedà haute voix — aloud, out loud
haut en couleur (chose) — colourful Grande-Bretagne colorful USA brightly coloured Grande-Bretagne brightly colored USA (personnage) colourful Grande-Bretagne colorful USA
2. adv1) [situé, placé] highen haut (dans une armoire, sur une pente) — at the top, (dans une maison) upstairs
La salle de bain est en haut. — The bathroom is upstairs.
Le nid est tout en haut de l'arbre. — The nest is right at the top of the tree.
tomber de haut — to fall from a height, figto come back to earth with a bump
dire qch tout haut — to say sth aloud, to say sth out loud
4)haut les mains! — hands up!, stick 'em up! *
3. nm1) (partie supérieure) topLe haut de l'immeuble a été endommagé. — The top of the building was damaged., The upper floors of the building were damaged.
2) (hauteur)de haut en bas (mouvement) — downwards, (en intégralité) from top to bottom
* * *A adj1 ⇒ Les mesures de longueur ( étendu verticalement) [montagne, mur, talon] high; [arbre, monument, bâtiment] tall; [herbe] long, tall; homme de haute taille tall man; un objet plus haut que large an object that is higher than it is wide; un bâtiment haut de 20 étages a building 20 storeys GB ou stories US high, a 20-storey GB ou 20-story US building; un mât haut de 10 mètres a mast ten metresGB high, a ten-metreGB mast; plus haut/moins haut que higher/lower than; l'immeuble dans lequel il habite est très haut he lives in a block of high-rise flats GB ou a high-rise apartment block US; attention, la première marche est haute be careful, the first step is steep;2 ( situé en altitude) high; une haute branche a high branch; la partie haute d'un bâtiment/mur/arbre the top part of a building/wall/tree; l'étagère la plus haute the top shelf; une robe à taille haute a high-waisted dress;3 ( dans une échelle de valeurs) [fréquence, pression, température, prix, capacité, précision] high; [note, ton] high, high-pitched; les hauts salaires/revenus high salaries/incomes; parler à haute voix to speak loudly; dire/lire qch à haute voix to say/read sth out loud; jouer une carte plus haute to play a higher card; être à haut risque to be very risky; être du plus haut ridicule to be highly ridiculous; au plus haut point immensely, intensely; aimer qch au plus haut point to like sth immensely; produit de haute qualité high-quality product; avoir une haute opinion de qn/soi-même to have a high opinion of sb/oneself; tenir qn en haute estime to hold sb in high esteem ou regard;4 ( dans une hiérarchie) (before n) [personnage, situation, poste] high-ranking; [clergé, magistrat] senior; [société, rang] high; [responsabilités] big; [dirigeant, responsable] senior, high-ranking; les plus hautes instances the highest authorities; bénéficier de hautes protections to have friends in high places; le haut Comité/Conseil pour the National Committee/Council for; haute surveillance close supervision;6 Hist dater de la plus haute antiquité to date from earliest antiquity; le haut Moyen Âge the early Middle Ages.B adv1 ( à un niveau élevé) [monter, s'élever, voler, sauter] high; voler très haut dans le ciel to fly high in the sky; un personnage haut placé a person in a high position; viser trop haut to aim too high; la lune est haut dans le ciel the moon is high up in the sky; haut perché sur perched high on; le plus haut the highest; sauter le plus haut to jump the highest; de haut from above;2 ( dans le temps) far back; aussi haut qu'on remonte dans l'antiquité however far back in history we go;3 ( dans un texte) plus haut above; comme indiqué plus haut as noted above; colle-le plus haut sur la page stick it higher up on the page; voir plus haut see above;4 ( fort) loudly; parler haut to talk loudly; parlez moins haut! keep your voice down!; parlez plus haut! speak up!; dire qch bien haut to say sth loud(ly); mettre la radio plus haut to turn the radio up; tout haut out loud; parler haut et clair fig to speak unambiguously; ne dire or n'avoir jamais un mot plus haut que l'autre never to raise one's voice.C nm1 ( partie élevée) top; le haut du mur the top of the wall; le haut du visage the top part of the face; le haut du corps the top half of the body; dans le haut (de) at the top (of); l'appartement/l'étagère du haut the top flat/shelf; les pièces du haut the upstairs rooms; sur le haut de la colline/côte at the top of the hill/slope; commencer par le haut to start at the top; prendre qch par le haut to get hold of the top of sth; du haut de from the top of; de or du haut en bas from top to bottom; parler du haut d'un balcon/d'une tribune to speak from a balcony/a platform; le haut de son maillot de bain the top of her swimsuit;2 ( hauteur) mesurer or faire 50 mètres de haut to be 50 metresGB high; une tour de 35 m de haut a 35 m tower; être à son plus haut to be at its highest level.D en haut loc ( à l'étage supérieur) upstairs; ( à un étage supérieur) on an upper floor; (de rideau, mur, page) at the top; (le ciel, le paradis) above; le bruit vient d'en haut the noise is coming from above; tout en haut right at the top; jusqu'en haut up to the top, right to the top; passer par en haut ( par la route) to take the top road; les voleurs sont entrés par en haut ( par l'étage) the thieves got in upstairs; ordre qui vient d'en haut order from the top; mettez la date en haut de la page à droite put the date in the top right-hand corner of the page.haut en couleur [personnage, tableau, texte] colourfulGB; haut fait heroic deed; haut fonctionnaire senior civil servant; haut lieu de centreGB of ou for; en haut lieu in high places; une décision prise en haut lieu a decision taken at a high level; haut plateau high plateau; haute définition TV high definition; télévision (à) haute définition high definition TV; écran à haute définition graphique Ordinat screen with high resolution graphics; haute école lit, Équit haute école, classical equitation; c'est un exercice de haute école fig it's a very advanced exercise; haute mer Naut open sea; Haute Cour (de Justice) High Court of Justice; hautes eaux high water (sg); hautes sphères high social circles; hautes terres Géog highlands; hautes voiles Naut upper sails; hauts fourneaux blast furnace.marcher la tête haute to walk with one's head held high; prendre or regarder or voir les choses de haut ( sans s'arrêter aux détails) to see things in broad terms; ( avec sérénité) to have a detached view of things; tomber de haut to be dumbfounded; regarder qn de haut en bas to look sb up and down; avoir or connaître des hauts et des bas to have one's ups and downs; haut les mains! hands up!; l'emporter or gagner or vaincre haut la main to win hands down; prendre qn/qch de haut to look down one's nose at sb/sth; ⇒ cri, pavé.les hautes colonnes du temple the lofty ou towering columns of the temple[qui a poussé] high2. [d'une certaine dimension]3. [situé en hauteur] high4. [extrême, intense] highc'est de la plus haute importance it's of the utmost ou greatest importancede haut niveau top-level, high-levella haute coiffure haute coiffure, designer hairdressingde hautes études commerciales/militaires advanced business/military studiesles hauts fonctionnaires top ou top-ranking civil servantsles hauts salaires the highest ou top salaries6. [dans une échelle de valeurs] hightenir quelqu'un/quelque chose en haute estime to hold somebody/something in high esteem9. HISTOIRE————————adverbe1. [dans l'espace] highlevez haut la jambe raise your leg (up) high ou high up2. [dans le temps] far (back)[dans un livre]3. [fort, avec puissance]parlez plus haut speak up, speak louderdites-le haut et clair ou bien haut tell (it to) everyone, say it out loud5. [dans une hiérarchie] highnous l'avons toujours placé très haut dans notre estime (figuré) we've always held him in high regard————————nom masculin1. [partie supérieure] top[sur une caisse, un emballage]‘haut’ ‘(this way ou side) up’2. [vêtement & gén] top[de robe] bodice3. [hauteur]a. [chuter] to fall headlongb. [être déçu] to come down (to earth) with a bumpc. [être surpris] to be flabbergasted————————hauts nom masculin pluriel1. [dans des noms de lieux] heights2. (locution)avoir ou connaître des hauts et des bas to have one's ups and downs————————haute nom fémininde haut locution adverbialeprendre ou regarder ou voir les choses de haut to look at things with an air of detachment2. [avec mépris]3. (locution)a. [être surpris] to be flabbergastedb. [être déçu] to come down (to earth) with a bumpde haut en bas locution adverbiale1. [sans mouvement] from top to bottom3. [avec mépris]regarder ou considérer quelqu'un de haut en bas to look somebody up and downd'en haut locution adverbiale1. [depuis la partie élevée] from abovedu haut locution adjectivalea. [de la partie haute du village] the people up the top end (of the village)b. [des étages supérieurs] the people upstairsdu haut de locution prépositionnelle1. [depuis la partie élevée de - échelle, colline] from the top of2. (figuré)en haut locution adverbiale1. [à l'étage supérieur] upstairs2. [dans la partie élevée] at the topnous sommes passés par en haut [par la route du haut] we came along the high road3. [en l'air] up in the skyen haut de locution prépositionnelle -
11 Seite
f; -, -n1. side (auch SPORT, MATH., einer Schallplatte, Münze, eines Blattes); auf der rechten / linken Seite fahren MOT. drive on the right / left; auf der anderen Seite des Flusses / Tals etc. on the other side of the river / valley etc.; rechte / linke Seite right-hand / left-hand side; eines Stoffes: right / wrong side; hintere / vordere Seite eines Hauses: back / front; die Seiten wechseln SPORT change ends; auch fig. change sides; an die oder zur Seite gehen step aside; zur Seite schieben auch fig. push aside ( oder out of the way); nach allen Seiten in all directions; von allen Seiten from all around; fig. on all sides; auf der Seite landen land on its side; auf die Seite schaffen, zur Seite legen (auch Geld) put aside; jemanden auf die Seite schaffen umg. get rid of s.o.; von der Seite (missgünstig) ansehen look askance at2. (Buchseite etc.) page; auf Seite 12 on page 12; ein Buch auf Seite 32 aufschlagen open a book at page 32; die Seiten umblättern thumb through the pages; gelbe Seiten TELEF. Yellow Pages; Seiten schinden umg. churn out page after page3. des Körpers: side; die Arme in die Seiten gestemmt with hands on hips, with arms akimbo; an jemandes Seite at ( oder by) s.o.’s side, sitting etc. next to s.o.; sich an jemandes Seite sehen lassen appear with s.o.; Seite an Seite side by side; jemandem nicht von der Seite gehen oder weichen not leave s.o.’s side; stärker: stick to s.o. like a leech; jemandem zur Seite stehen stand by s.o.; sich auf die Seite legen lie (down) on one’s side; Schiff: heel over on its side; sie ist auf der rechten Seite gelähmt she’s paraly|sed (Am. -zed) on her right side4. (Eigenschaft, Charakterzug) side; schwache / starke Seite weak spot / strong point; sich von der besten Seite zeigen show o.s. at one’s best; bewusst: put one’s best foot forward; ganz neue Seiten an jemandem entdecken discover new sides to s.o.’s character; von der Seite kenne ich ihn noch gar nicht I didn’t know that side of him; der Schwarzwald zeigt sich mal wieder von seiner regnerischen Seite the Black Forest is showing how wet it can be; komm mir nicht von ‘der Seite don’t try that one on me5. (Aspekt) side; auf der einen Seite..., auf der anderen Seite... on the one hand..., on the other hand...; von dieser Seite betrachtet seen from that angle ( oder standpoint, point of view), seen in that light; von der menschlichen Seite betrachtet from a human standpoint ( oder point of view); einer Sache die beste Seite abgewinnen make the best ( oder most) of s.th.; einer Sache eine komische Seite abgewinnen see the funny side of s.th.; alles hat zwei Seiten there are two sides to everything; auch die andere Seite sehen see the other side (of the argument oder problem)6. (Abstammung) von väterlicher / mütterlicher Seite on his ( oder her, my, your, their) father’s / mother’s side7. (Partei, Instanz etc.) side; JUR. bei einem Streit: party; jemanden auf seine Seite bringen oder ziehen win s.o. over to one’s side; auf welcher Seite stehst du? whose side are you on?; man sollte immer beide Seiten hören you should always listen to both sides; von offizieller Seite from official quarters; von offizieller Seite bestätigt werden be officially confirmed; von zuverlässiger Seite erfahren learn from a reliable source; von seiner Seite bestehen keine Bedenken there are no objections on his part ( oder as far as he is concerned); aufseiten, vonseiten8. EDV, umg. im Internet: site; eine Seite im Internet aufrufen call up a site on the Net ( oder Web), call up a web site* * *die Seitepart; point; side; page; dimension* * *Sei|te ['zaitə]f -, -n1) (= auch Abstammungslinie, Charakterzug) sidedie hintere/vordere Séíte — the back/front
zu or auf beiden Séíten des Fensters/des Hauses/der Straße — on both sides of the window/house/street
mit der Séíte nach vorn — sideways on
Séíte an Séíte — side by side
gehen — to walk at or by sb's side, to walk beside sb
halt dich an meiner Séíte! — stay by my side
er ging or wich uns nicht von der Séíte — he never left our side
ich kann mich nicht an Ihrer Séíte zeigen — I can't be seen with you
jdn von der Séíte ansehen — to give sb a sidelong glance
auf die or zur Séíte gehen or treten — to step aside
an der Séíte (einer Reihe) sitzen — to sit at the end (of a row)
zur Séíte sprechen/sehen — to speak/look to one side
die Séíten wechseln (Sport) — to change ends or over; (fig) to change sides
jdn auf seine Séíte bringen or ziehen (fig) — to get sb on one's side
auf einer Séíte gelähmt sein — to be paralyzed down one side
die Hände in die Séíten gestemmt — with arms akimbo, with one's hands on one's hips
jedes Ding or alles hat zwei Séíten — there are two sides to everything
jdm zur Séíte stehen (fig) — to stand by sb's side
Séíte stehen or sein (fig) — to be on sb's side
das Recht ist auf ihrer Séíte — she has right on her side
etw auf die Séíte legen (lit, fig) — to put sth on one side, to put sth aside
etw zur Séíte or auf die Séíte schaffen (inf) — to help oneself to sth
jdn zur Séíte or auf die Séíte schaffen (inf) — to get rid of sb
jdn zur Séíte nehmen — to take sb aside or on one side
auf der einen Séíte..., auf der anderen (Séíte)... — on the one hand..., on the other (hand)...
jds starke Séíte — sb's forte, sb's strong point
jds schwache Séíte — sb's weakness, sb's weak spot
sich von seiner besten Séíte zeigen — to show oneself at one's best
neue Séíten an jdm/etw entdecken — to discover new sides to sb/sth
von dieser Séíte kenne ich ihn gar nicht — I didn't know that side of him
die beste Séíte abgewinnen — to make the best of sth
2)nach allen Séíten auseinandergehen — to scatter in all directions
sich nach allen Séíten umsehen — to look around on all sides
sich nach allen Séíten vergewissern — to check up on all sides
das habe ich von einer anderen Séíte erfahren (fig) — I heard it from another source or from elsewhere
er erfuhr es von dritter Séíte (fig) — he heard it from a third party
bisher wurden von keiner Séíte Einwände erhoben — so far no objections have been voiced from any quarter
die Behauptung wurde von keiner Séíte bestritten — nobody challenged the claim
die Behauptung wurde von allen/beiden Séíten bestritten — the claim was challenged by all/both parties
von meiner Séíte aus (fig) — on my part
von kirchlicher Séíte (aus) — on the part of the church
See:3) (= Buchseite, Zeitungsseite) pagedie erste/letzte Séíte — the first/last page; (von Zeitung) the front/back page
* * *die1) (one side of a sheet of paper in a book, magazine etc: page ninety-four; a three-page letter.) page2) (an aspect or view of a subject: There are several facets to this question.) facet3) ((the ground beside) an edge, border or boundary line: He walked round the side of the field; He lives on the same side of the street as me.) side4) (a surface of something: A cube has six sides.) side5) (one of the two of such surfaces which are not the top, bottom, front, or back: There is a label on the side of the box.) side6) (either surface of a piece of paper, cloth etc: Don't waste paper - write on both sides!) side7) (the right or left part of the body: I've got a pain in my side.) side8) (a point of view; an aspect: We must look at all sides of the problem.) side9) (the position or point of view of a person not actually taking part in a sport, argument etc: He threw in the occasional suggestion from the sidelines.) sidelines* * *Sei·te<-, -n>[ˈzaitə]f1. (Fläche eines Körpers) sidedie hintere/vordere/obere/untere \Seite the back/front/top/bottom2. (rechte oder linke Fläche) sideetw auf die \Seite legen to put sth on its sidealles hat [seine] zwei \Seiten there's two sides to everythingdie A-/B-\Seite einer Schallplatte the A-/B-side of a recorddie bedruckte \Seite des Stoffes the printed side of the materialaus dem Buch wurden einige \Seiten herausgerissen some pages have been torn out of the bookich habe fünf \Seiten geschrieben I've written five sideseine \Seite aufschlagen to open at a pagegelbe \Seiten (Branchenverzeichnis) Yellow Pagesauf der rechten \Seite gelähmt sein to be paralyzed on one's right [or right[-hand] side6. (rechts oder links der Mitte) sidezur \Seite sprechen to speak to one side; THEAT to make an aside7. (rechts oder links von etwas) sidesieh doch mal zur \Seite look beside yougehen wir auf die andere \Seite let's cross the street8. (aus dem Weg, beiseite)▪ zur \Seite asidejdn zur \Seite nehmen to take sb asidedie österreichische \Seite der Alpen the Austrian part of the Alps10. (Richtung) sidedie Bühne ist nur nach einer \Seite offen the stage is only open on one sidenach allen \Seiten in all directions12. (Aspekt) sideauf der einen \Seite..., auf der anderen [\Seite]... on the one hand,..., on the other [hand],...etw von der heiteren \Seite sehen to look on the bright side [of sth]13. (Wesen, Verhalten) sidedas ist ja eine ganz neue \Seite an dir that's a whole new side to yousich akk von seiner besten \Seite zeigen to show oneself at one's best, to be on one's best behaviourneue \Seiten an jdm entdecken to discover new sides to sbjds schwache \Seite sein (Unzulänglichkeit) to be sb's weakness [or (fam) weak point]; (einen starken Reiz darstellen) to be tempting for sbjds starke \Seite sein (fam) to be sb's forte [or strong point14. (Partei) side, partyvon allen \Seiten from everywhere [or all sides]das Abkommen wurde von allen \Seiten bestätigt the agreement was confirmed by allvon dritter \Seite from a third party15. (Standpunkt) sidevon jds \Seite [aus] as far as sb is concernedvon meiner \Seite gibt es keine Einwände there are no objections on my partetw von einer bestimmten \Seite betrachten to see sth from a certain point of viewjdn auf seine \Seite bringen [o ziehen] to get sb on one's sideauf jds \Seite stehen [o sein] to be on sb's side16. (Instanz)von bestimmter \Seite from certain circlesvon kirchlicher/offizieller \Seite from ecclesiastical/official sources17. (genealogische Linie) sidevon mütterlicher \Seite her from the maternal side18.▶ an jds \Seite with sbsie lebte sehr glücklich an der \Seite ihres Mannes she was very happy living with her husband▶ \Seite an \Seite side by side▶ [jdm] nicht von der \Seite gehen [o weichen] to not leave [sb's] side▶ Geld auf die \Seite legen to put some money on one side [or aside]▶ jdm zur \Seite stehen to stand by sb▶ jdn jdm an die \Seite stellen to give sb to sb as support* * *die; Seite, Seiten1) sideauf od. zu beiden Seiten der Straße/des Tores — on both sides of the road/gate
die hintere/vordere Seite — the back/front
zur od. auf die Seite gehen od. treten — move aside or to one side; move out of the way
etwas auf die Seite schaffen — (ugs.) help oneself to something
etwas auf die Seite legen — (ugs.): (sparen) put something away or aside
alles od. jedes Ding hat seine zwei Seiten — (fig.) there are two sides to everything
2) (Richtung) sidevon allen Seiten — (auch fig.) from all sides
nach allen Seiten — in all directions; (fig.) on all sides
3) (BuchSeite, ZeitungsSeite) page4) (Eigenschaft, Aspekt) sideauf der einen Seite,... auf der anderen Seite... — on the one hand... on the other hand...
etwas ist jemandes schwache Seite — (ugs.) something is not exactly somebody's forte; (ist jemandes Schwäche) somebody has a weakness for something
jemandes starke Seite sein — (ugs.) be somebody's forte or strong point
5) (Partei) sidesich auf jemandes Seite (Akk.) schlagen — take somebody's side
auf jemandes Seite stehen od. sein — be on somebody's side
jemanden auf seine Seite bringen od. ziehen — win somebody over
auf/von Seiten der Direktion — on/from the management side
von anderer Seite verlautete, dass... — it was learned from other sources that...
6) (Familie) side* * *auf der rechten/linken Seite fahren AUTO drive on the right/left;auf der anderen Seite des Flusses/Tals etc on the other side of the river/valley etc;rechte/linke Seite right-hand/left-hand side; eines Stoffes: right/wrong side;hintere/vordere Seite eines Hauses: back/front;zur Seite gehen step aside;nach allen Seiten in all directions;von allen Seiten from all around; fig on all sides;auf der Seite landen land on its side;auf die Seite schaffen, zur Seite legen (auch Geld) put aside;jemanden auf die Seite schaffen umg get rid of sb;ansehen look askance at2. (Buchseite etc) page;auf Seite 12 on page 12;ein Buch auf Seite 32 aufschlagen open a book at page 32;die Seiten umblättern thumb through the pages;Gelbe Seiten TEL Yellow Pages;Seiten schinden umg churn out page after page3. des Körpers: side;die Arme in die Seiten gestemmt with hands on hips, with arms akimbo;sich an jemandes Seite sehen lassen appear with sb;Seite an Seite side by side;jemandem zur Seite stehen stand by sb;sich auf die Seite legen lie (down) on one’s side; Schiff: heel over on its side;sie ist auf der rechten Seite gelähmt she’s paralysed (US -zed) on her right side4. (Eigenschaft, Charakterzug) side;schwache/starke Seite weak spot/strong point;sich von der besten Seite zeigen show o.s. at one’s best; bewusst: put one’s best foot forward;ganz neue Seiten an jemandem entdecken discover new sides to sb’s character;von der Seite kenne ich ihn noch gar nicht I didn’t know that side of him;der Schwarzwald zeigt sich mal wieder von seiner regnerischen Seite the Black Forest is showing how wet it can be;komm mir nicht von ’der Seite don’t try that one on me5. (Aspekt) side;auf der einen Seite …, auf der anderen Seite … on the one hand …, on the other hand …;von dieser Seite betrachtet seen from that angle ( oder standpoint, point of view), seen in that light;von der menschlichen Seite betrachtet from a human standpoint ( oder point of view);einer Sache die beste Seite abgewinnen make the best ( oder most) of sth;einer Sache eine komische Seite abgewinnen see the funny side of sth;alles hat zwei Seiten there are two sides to everything;auch die andere Seite sehen see the other side (of the argument oder problem)6. (Abstammung)von väterlicher/mütterlicher Seite on his ( oder her, my, your, their) father’s/mother’s sideziehen win sb over to one’s side;auf welcher Seite stehst du? whose side are you on?;man sollte immer beide Seiten hören you should always listen to both sides;von offizieller Seite from official quarters;von offizieller Seite bestätigt werden be officially confirmed;von zuverlässiger Seite erfahren learn from a reliable source;von seiner Seite bestehen keine Bedenken there are no objections on his part ( oder as far as he is concerned); → aufseiten, vonseiten8. IT, umg im Internet: site;eine Seite im Internet aufrufen call up a site on the Net ( oder Web), call up a web site9. GASTR:eine Seite Speck a side of bacon* * *die; Seite, Seiten1) sideauf od. zu beiden Seiten der Straße/des Tores — on both sides of the road/gate
die hintere/vordere Seite — the back/front
zur od. auf die Seite gehen od. treten — move aside or to one side; move out of the way
etwas auf die Seite schaffen — (ugs.) help oneself to something
etwas auf die Seite legen — (ugs.): (sparen) put something away or aside
alles od. jedes Ding hat seine zwei Seiten — (fig.) there are two sides to everything
2) (Richtung) sidevon allen Seiten — (auch fig.) from all sides
nach allen Seiten — in all directions; (fig.) on all sides
3) (BuchSeite, ZeitungsSeite) page4) (Eigenschaft, Aspekt) sideauf der einen Seite,... auf der anderen Seite... — on the one hand... on the other hand...
etwas ist jemandes schwache Seite — (ugs.) something is not exactly somebody's forte; (ist jemandes Schwäche) somebody has a weakness for something
jemandes starke Seite sein — (ugs.) be somebody's forte or strong point
5) (Partei) sidesich auf jemandes Seite (Akk.) schlagen — take somebody's side
auf jemandes Seite stehen od. sein — be on somebody's side
jemanden auf seine Seite bringen od. ziehen — win somebody over
auf/von Seiten der Direktion — on/from the management side
von anderer Seite verlautete, dass... — it was learned from other sources that...
6) (Familie) side* * *-n f.aspect n.page n.side n. -
12 μέλος
μέλος, ους, τό (Hom.+)① a part of the human body, member, part, limb lit., of parts of the human body (cp. Did., Gen. 8 A, 7) καθάπερ ἐν ἑνὶ σώματι πολλὰ μ. ἔχομεν as we have many parts/members in one body Ro 12:4ab; cp. 1 Cor 12:12a, 14, 18–20, 25f; Js 3:5 (Apollod. [II B.C.]: 244 Fgm. 307 Jac. κράτιστον τῶν μελῶν ἡ γλῶσσα). τὰ μ. τοῦ σώματος the parts of the body (Diod S 5, 18, 12; Philo, In Flacc. 176; Orig., C. Cels. 7, 38, 13) 1 Cor 12:12b, 22; 1 Cl 37:5; Dg 6:2. W. σάρξ 6:6. μ. σκοτεινόν Lk 11:36 v.l. W. gen. of pers. Mt 5:29f (cp. Sextus 13); Ro 6:13ab; 19ab; 7:5, 23ab; Js 3:6; 4:1 (the pl. in these pass. may also refer to the ‘body’ as the sum of its parts, but the pl. τὰ μέλη Pind., N. 11, 15 which has been used in support does not mean the body as such, but is used with pathos in reference to the athlete’s limbs, so vital to his profession, as θνατά, i.e. while enjoying vigor the athlete must recognize his mortality). συγκοπὴ μελῶν mangling of limbs (leading to martyrdom; Diod S 17, 83, 9 describes a procedure of this kind) IRo 5:3.—Metaph. of sinful characteristics or behavior νεκρώσατε τὰ μέλη τὰ ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς put to death your worldly parts = put to death whatever in you is worldly Col 3:5.② a part as member of a whole, member fig. extension of 1: of the many-sided organism of the Christian community (on the figure of the body and its members, a favorite one in ancient lit., e.g. Aristot., Pol. 1253a 20–29; cp. Ar. 13, 5; Ath. 8, 1; s. Ltzm., Hdb. on 1 Cor 12:12; WNestle, D. Fabel des Menenius Agrippa: Klio 21, 1927, 350–60): the individual Christians are members of Christ, and together they form his body (for this idea cp. Simplicius in Epict. p. 70, 51: souls are μέρη τοῦ θεοῦ; 71, 5.—At p. 80, 54 the soul is called μέρος ἢ μέλος τοῦ θεοῦ; Iren. 5, 2, 2 [Harv. II 319, 2, 1]) 1 Cor 12:27; Eph 5:30; 1 Cl 46:7; IEph 4:2; ITr 11:2; cp. Eph 4:16 v.l. ἀλλήλων μέλη members of each other Ro 12:5; Eph 4:25; 1 Cl 46:7b. In 1 Cor 6:15a for a special reason the σώματα of the Christians are called μέλη Χριστοῦ. Since acc. to Paul’s understanding of Gen 2:24 sexual intercourse means fusion of bodies (1 Cor 6:16), relations w. a prostitute fr. this point of view become particularly abhorrent vs. 15b.—DELG. M-M. TW. Sv. -
13 Auge
n1. ANAT. eye; sie hat blaue Augen she has (got) blue eyes; gute / schlechte Augen haben have good / bad eyesight ( oder eyes); vae auf einem Auge blind sein be blind in one eye; auf dem rechten Auge habe ich nur 30% Sehstärke I have only 30% vision in my right eye; mit bloßem Auge with the naked eye; mit geschlossenen oder verbundenen Augen blindfold(ed); mit nassen Augen with tears in one’s eyes; jemandem in die Augen sehen look into s.o.’s eyes; ihr fallen die Augen zu her eyelids are drooping; ganz kleine Augen haben fig. be all sleepy; sich (Dat) die Augen verderben ruin one’s eyes ( oder eyesight); Augen haben wie ein Adler oder Luchs be sharp-eyed ( oder eagle-eyed) auch fig.2. in Wendungen, oft fig.: mit eigenen Augen with one’s own eyes; ich hab’s mit eigenen Augen gesehen auch it happened before my very eyes ( oder right under my nose); unter jemandes Augen before s.o.’s very eyes; vor aller Augen in front of everyone, in full view (of everyone); es geschah vor meinen etc. Augen right in front of me etc.; wo hast du denn deine Augen? oder hast du keine Augen im Kopf? are you blind?; wo hast du nur deine Augen gehabt? nach Unfall etc.: haven’t you got eyes in your head?, why weren’t you looking (where you were going)?; ich hab doch hinten keine Augen! I haven’t got eyes in the back of my head; ich habe schließlich Augen im Kopf! (ich hab’s wirklich gesehen!) I’m not blind you know!; etwas fürs Auge a feast for the eyes; etwas fürs Auge sein have visual appeal; nur fürs Auge just for show; so weit das Auge reicht as far as the eye can see; sieh mir mal in die Augen (und sage die Wahrheit etc.) look at me; er konnte mir nicht in die Augen sehen he couldn’t look me in the eye; Auge in Auge face to face ( mit with); vier Augen sehen mehr als zwei Sprichw. two pairs of eyes are better than one; die Augen aufmachen open one’s eyes; fig. keep one’s eyes open; im Auge behalten / haben keep / have an eye on; fig. bear / have in mind; (Ziel) auch keep sight of; ein Auge haben auf (+ Akk) have one’s eye on; aus den Augen verlieren lose sight of; fig. lose touch with; nicht aus den Augen lassen not let s.o. (oder s.th.) out of one’s sight; kein Auge lassen von not let s.o. (oder s.th.) out of one’s sight; geh mir aus den Augen! get out of my sight!; jemandem unter die Augen treten können be able to look s.o. in the face; komm mir nicht wieder unter die Augen! I don’t ever want to see you again!, don’t darken my doorstep again!; ein Auge voll Schlaf nehmen fig. have forty winks, take a nap; unter vier Augen in private; Gespräch unter vier Augen private conversation; sie hat ihre Augen überall she’s got eyes like a hawk; ich kann meine Augen nicht überall haben I can’t keep track of everything; die Augen offen halten ( nach) keep one’s eyes open (for), keep a look-out (for); mit offenen Augen durch die Welt gehen walk about with one’s eyes open; ein Auge riskieren steal a glance; sie haben sich die Augen aus dem Kopf geschaut umg. they goggled, their eyes were popping out of their heads; ein Ziel, eine Erinnerung etc. vor Augen haben have s.th. in mind; sich (Dat) etw. vor Augen halten keep ( oder bear) s.th. in mind; jemandem etw. vor Augen führen make s.th. clear to s.o.; einer Gefahr / den Tatsachen ins Auge sehen face (up to) (a) danger / the facts, look danger / the facts in the face; sehenden Auges (ins Verderben rennen etc.) with one’s eyes wide open; vor etw. die Augen verschließen refuse to see s.th.; jemandem die Augen öffnen Person: enlighten s.o., open s.o.’s eyes to the truth; etw.: be an eye-opener for s.o.; mir gingen plötzlich die Augen auf suddenly I saw the light; ein Auge oder beide Augen zudrücken turn a blind eye ( bei to); kein Auge zutun not sleep a wink (all night); nicht mehr oder kaum noch aus den Augen sehen können not be able to see straight any more; mit offenen Augen schlafen daydream, be daydreaming; seinen Augen nicht oder kaum trauen not be able to believe ( oder trust) one’s eyes; ins Auge fassen consider, contemplate (doing s.th.); ins Auge gefasst haben be considering; (planen) be planning; vor meinem geistigen Auge in my mind’s eye; in meinen Augen as I see it; sie hat kein(e) Auge(n) dafür she hasn’t got an eye for that; etw. mit anderen Augen ansehen see s.th. in a different light; ( einem) ins Auge fallen oder springen catch one’s eye, stick out a mile; (überdeutlich sein) hit one in the eye; einem in die Augen stechen (gefallen) take one’s fancy; Fehler etc.: glare at one; das Auge beleidigen offend the eye; die Dummheit / der Neid etc. schaut jemandem aus den Augen you can see the stupidity / jealousy etc. in s.o.’s eyes, stupidity / jealousy etc. is written all over s.o.’s face; da blieb kein Auge trocken auch iro. there wasn’t a dry eye in the place; mit einem lachenden und einem weinenden Auge with mixed feelings; sich (Dat) die Augen ausweinen oder aus dem Kopf weinen cry one’s eyes out; jemandem gehen die Augen über s.o. is overwhelmed; geh. (jemand weint) s.o. is moved to tears; jemanden mit den Augen verschlingen devour s.o. with one’s eyes; lüstern: ogle s.o.; er wird große Augen machen! he’s in for a surprise; er hat große Augen gemacht! you should have seen his face; seine Augen sind größer als sein Magen his eyes are bigger than his stomach; er hat ein Auge auf sie geworfen (findet sie sympathisch) he has his eye on her; jemandem ( schöne) Augen machen make eyes at s.o.; er macht es doch nicht um i-r schönen Augen willen he isn’t doing it (for her) out of the goodness of his heart, you know; jemandem jemanden / etw. aufs Auge drücken foist ( oder fob) s.o. / s.th. off on s.o.; jemanden / etw. aufs Auge gedrückt bekommen have s.o. / s.th. foisted ( oder fobbed off) on one; das hätte leicht ins Auge gehen können that was close ( oder a close one umg.), it could easily have backfired; jemandem die Augen auskratzen ( wollen) (want to) scratch s.o.’s eyes out; ihre Augen brachen geh. (sie starb) she passed away; das Auge des Gesetzes the (sharp) eye of the law; aus den Augen, aus dem Sinn Sprichw. out of sight, out of mind; Auge um Auge(, Zahn um Zahn) BIBL. an eye for an eye(, a tooth for a tooth); ( da hilft nur) Augen zu und durch! we’ve (just) got to get through it somehow, we’ve got to ride this one out; blau 1, Dorn1, Faust, schwarz4. (Keim, Knospe) einer Kartoffel: eye; eines Zweiges: bud, axil; die Rosen auf zwei Augen zurückschneiden cut the roses back to two buds5. eines Sturms: eye6. (Fettauge) globule of fat7. NAUT. eye8. magisches Auge magic eye* * *das Augeeye* * *Au|ge* * *(the part of the body with which one sees: Open your eyes; She has blue eyes.) eye* * *Au·ge<-s, -n>[ˈaugə]nt1. (Sehorgan) eyeer hat eng stehende \Augen his eyes are too close togethermir wurde schwarz vor \Augen everything went black, I blacked outauf einem \Auge blind sein/schielen to be blind/to have a squint in one eyemit den \Augen blinzeln [o zwinkern] to blink [or wink]mit bloßem [o nacktem] \Auge with the naked eyeetw im \Auge haben to have [got] sth in one's eyemit den \Augen rollen to roll one's eyesjdm schwimmt alles vor den \Augen sb feels giddy [or dizzy]jdm in die \Augen sehen [o schauen] to look into sb's eyesetw mit [seinen] eigenen \Augen gesehen haben to have seen sth with one's own eyesjds \Augen tränen, jdm tränen die \Augen sb's eyes are wateringmit verbundenen \Augen blindfolded; (fig) blindfoldjdm jeden Wunsch an [o von] den \Augen ablesen to anticipate sb's every wish2. (Blick) eyegeh mir aus den \Augen! get out of my sight [or fam face]!man muss seine \Augen überall haben you need eyes in the back of your head[die] \Augen links/rechts! MIL eyes left/right!vor aller \Augen in front of everybodyjdn/etw im \Auge behalten to keep an eye on sb/sth; (fig: sich vormerken) to keep [or bear] sb/sth in mindnur [was] fürs \Auge sein (fam) to be good to look at but not much elsejdn/etw im \Auge haben (a. fig) to have one's eye on sb/sth a. figein \Auge auf jdn/etw haben to keep an eye on sb/sthnur \Augen für jdn haben to only have eyes for sbjdn nicht aus den \Augen lassen to not let sb out of one's sight, to keep one's eyes riveted on sbein \Auge riskieren (fam) to risk a glance [or peep], to have [or take] a peepes springt [o fällt] [einem gleich] ins \Auge, wie/dass... it is glaringly obvious how/that...etw/jdn aus den \Augen verlieren to lose sight of sth/sbetw aus den \Augen verlieren (fig) to loose track of sthjdn aus den \Auge verlieren (fig) to lose contact [or touch] with sbnach dem Studium haben wir uns leider aus den \Augen verloren after university we sadly lost touch with each other [or lost contact]3. (Bewusstsein, Vorstellung)jdm etw vor \Augen führen to make sb aware of sthkeiner von euch führt sich vor \Augen, warum/wie/dass... none of you is aware of why/of how/of the fact that...das muss man sich mal vor \Augen führen! just imagine it!vor jds geistigem [o innerem] \Auge in sb's mind's eyeetw schwebt [o steht] jdm vor \Augen sb can picture sth vividlysehenden \Auges (geh) with open eyes, with one's eyes open4. (Sehvermögen) eyeich habe doch \Augen im Kopf! (fam) I know what I saw!hast du/haben Sie keine \Augen im Kopf? (fam) haven't you got any eyes in you head? fam, use your eyes!ich traute meinen \Augen nicht! I couldn't believe my eyes [or what I was seeing]!ihren scharfen \Augen war nichts entgangen her sharp eyes had missed nothingals Chirurg braucht er ein sicheres \Auge und eine ruhige Hand as a surgeon he needs a good eye and a steady handgute/schlechte \Augen [haben] [to have] good/poor eyes\Augen wie ein Luchs haben to have eyes like a hawk, to be eagle-eyed; (alles merken a.) to not miss a thingso weit das \Auge reicht as far as the eye can see5. (Sichtweise) eyejdn/etw mit anderen \Augen [an]sehen to see sb/sth in a different [or in another] lightetw mit fachmännischem \Auge besehen to examine sth with the eye of an expertetw mit kritischem \Auge betrachten to view sth with a critical eyein den \Augen der Leute/Öffentlichkeit in the eyes of most people/the publicin meinen \Augen kann er nichts falsch machen he can do no wrong in my eyes, as I see it, he can do no wrongin den \Augen seiner Kollegen ist er ein Exzentriker in the eyes of his colleagues he is an eccentric6. (Würfelpunkt) pipvier \Augen werfen to throw a fourwie viele \Augen hat er geworfen? what has he thrown?8. (Fett) drop [or globule] of fat9. (Zentrum) eyedas \Auge des Wirbelsturms the eye of the hurricane11. ELEK, RADIOmagisches \Auge magic eye12.jetzt gehen mir die \Augen auf! now I'm beginning to see the light!dir werden die \Augen schon noch aufgehen! you are in for a rude awakening!▶ sich dat die \Augen nach jdm/etw ausgucken (fam) to look everywhere for sb/sth, to hunt high and low for sth▶ etw nicht nur blauer [o schöner] \Augen willen tun to not just do sth for the sake of sb's pretty face fam▶ etw ins \Auge fassen to contemplate sth[es] ins \Auge fassen, etw zu tun to contemplate doing sth▶ jdm gehen die \Augen über sb's eyes are popping out of their head▶ jd guckt sich dat die \Augen aus dem Kopf (fam) sb's eyes are popping out of their head [or are coming out on stalks] fam▶ \Auge in \Auge face to faceda machst du \Augen, was? that's got you, hasn't it? fam▶ mit offenen \Augen schlafen to daydream▶ jdm sieht die Dummheit aus den \Augen sb's stupidity is plain to see▶ jdm sieht der Schalk aus den \Augen sb [always] has a roguish [or mischievous] look on their faceein Gespräch unter vier \Augen a private conversation▶ der Wahrheit ins \Auge sehen to face up to the truth▶ ein \Auge auf jdn/etw geworfen haben to have one's eye on sb/sth* * *das; Auges, Augen1) eyegute/schlechte Augen haben — have good/poor eyesight
auf einem Auge blind sein — be blind in one eye; (fig.) have a one-sided view
ganz kleine Augen haben — (fig.) be all sleepy
mit verbundenen Augen — blindfold[ed]
etwas im Auge haben — have something in one's eye; (fig.): (haben wollen) have one's eye on something
das Auge des Gesetzes — (fig.): (Polizist) the law (coll.)
ihm/ihr usw. werden die Augen noch aufgehen — (fig.) he/she etc. is in for a rude awakening
[große] Augen machen — (fig. ugs.) be wide-eyed
da wird er Augen machen — (fig. ugs.) his eyes will pop out of his head
da blieb kein Auge trocken — (fig. ugs.) everyone laughed till they cried; (es blieb niemand verschont) no one was safe
ich traute meinen Augen nicht — (ugs.) I couldn't believe my eyes
ich habe doch hinten keine Augen — (ugs.) I haven't got eyes in the back of my head
ein Auge od. beide Augen zudrücken — (fig.) turn a blind eye
ein Auge auf jemanden/etwas geworfen haben — (fig.) have taken a liking to somebody/have one's eye on something
ein Auge auf jemanden/etwas haben — (achtgeben) keep an eye on somebody/something
ein Auge/ein sicheres Auge für etwas haben — have an eye/a sure eye for something
ich habe ja schließlich Augen im Kopf — (ugs.) I'm not blind, you know
jemandem die Augen öffnen — (fig.) open somebody's eyes
jemanden/etwas nicht aus den Augen lassen — not take one's eyes off somebody/something; not let somebody/something out of one's sight
jemanden/etwas aus dem Auge od. den Augen verlieren — lose sight of somebody/something; (fig.) lose contact or touch with somebody/lose touch with something
aus den Augen, aus dem Sinn! — (Spr.) out of sight, out of mind
jemanden/etwas im Auge behalten — (fig.) keep an eye on somebody/bear or keep something in mind
in jemandes Augen — (Dat.) (fig.) to somebody's mind; in somebody's opinion
jemandem ins Auge od. in die Augen fallen od. springen — (fig.) hit somebody in the eye
etwas ins Auge fassen — (fig.) consider something; think about something
einer Sache (Dat.) ins Auge sehen — (fig.) face something
der Wahrheit/Gefahr ins Auge sehen — (fig.) face up to the truth/danger
ins Auge gehen — (fig. ugs.) end in disaster; end in failure
Auge um Auge, Zahn um Zahn — an eye for an eye, a tooth for a tooth
unter vier Augen — (fig.) in private
unter jemandes Augen — (Dat.) right in front of somebody; right under somebody's nose
jemandem etwas vor Augen führen od. halten — (fig.) bring something home to somebody
wenn man sich (Dat.) das mal vor Augen führt — (fig.) when you stop and think about it
2) (auf Würfeln, Dominosteinen usw.) pip* * *Auge n1. ANAT eye;sie hat blaue Augen she has (got) blue eyes;gute/schlechte Augen haben have good/bad eyesight ( oder eyes);vaeauf einem Auge blind sein be blind in one eye;auf dem rechten Auge habe ich nur 30% Sehstärke I have only 30% vision in my right eye;mit bloßem Auge with the naked eye;verbundenen Augen blindfold(ed);mit nassen Augen with tears in one’s eyes;jemandem in die Augen sehen look into sb’s eyes;ihr fallen die Augen zu her eyelids are drooping;ganz kleine Augen haben fig be all sleepy;sich (dat)die Augen verderben ruin one’s eyes ( oder eyesight);2. in Wendungen, oft fig:mit eigenen Augen with one’s own eyes;ich hab’s mit eigenen Augen gesehen auch it happened before my very eyes ( oder right under my nose);unter jemandes Augen before sb’s very eyes;vor aller Augen in front of everyone, in full view (of everyone);vor meinen etcAugen right in front of me etc;wo hast du denn deine Augen? oderhast du keine Augen im Kopf? are you blind?;wo hast du nur deine Augen gehabt? nach Unfall etc: haven’t you got eyes in your head?, why weren’t you looking (where you were going)?;ich hab doch hinten keine Augen! I haven’t got eyes in the back of my head;ich habe schließlich Augen im Kopf! (ich hab’s wirklich gesehen!) I’m not blind you know!;etwas fürs Auge a feast for the eyes;etwas fürs Auge sein have visual appeal;nur fürs Auge just for show;so weit das Auge reicht as far as the eye can see;sieh mir mal in die Augen (und sage die Wahrheit etc) look at me;er konnte mir nicht in die Augen sehen he couldn’t look me in the eye;Auge in Auge face to face (mit with);vier Augen sehen mehr als zwei sprichw two pairs of eyes are better than one;die Augen aufmachen open one’s eyes; fig keep one’s eyes open;ein Auge haben auf (+akk) have one’s eye on;aus den Augen verlieren lose sight of; fig lose touch with;nicht aus den Augen lassen not let sb (oder sth) out of one’s sight;kein Auge lassen von not let sb (oder sth) out of one’s sight;geh mir aus den Augen! get out of my sight!;jemandem unter die Augen treten können be able to look sb in the face;komm mir nicht wieder unter die Augen! I don’t ever want to see you again!, don’t darken my doorstep again!;ein Auge voll Schlaf nehmen fig have forty winks, take a nap;unter vier Augen in private;Gespräch unter vier Augen private conversation;sie hat ihre Augen überall she’s got eyes like a hawk;ich kann meine Augen nicht überall haben I can’t keep track of everything;die Augen offen halten (nach) keep one’s eyes open (for), keep a look-out (for);mit offenen Augen durch die Welt gehen walk about with one’s eyes open;ein Auge riskieren steal a glance;sie haben sich die Augen aus dem Kopf geschaut umg they goggled, their eyes were popping out of their heads;ein Ziel, eine Erinnerung etcvor Augen haben have sth in mind;sich (dat)etwas vor Augen halten keep ( oder bear) sth in mind;jemandem etwas vor Augen führen make sth clear to sb;einer Gefahr/den Tatsachen ins Auge sehen face (up to) (a) danger/the facts, look danger/the facts in the face;sehenden Auges (ins Verderben rennen etc) with one’s eyes wide open;vor etwas die Augen verschließen refuse to see sth;jemandem die Augen öffnen Person: enlighten sb, open sb’s eyes to the truth; etwas: be an eye-opener for sb;mir gingen plötzlich die Augen auf suddenly I saw the light;beide Augen zudrücken turn a blind eye (bei to);kein Auge zutun not sleep a wink (all night);kaum noch aus den Augen sehen können not be able to see straight any more;mit offenen Augen schlafen daydream, be daydreaming;kaum trauen not be able to believe ( oder trust) one’s eyes;ins Auge fassen consider, contemplate (doing sth);ins Auge gefasst haben be considering; (planen) be planning;vor meinem geistigen Auge in my mind’s eye;in meinen Augen as I see it;sie hat kein(e) Auge(n) dafür she hasn’t got an eye for that;etwas mit anderen Augen ansehen see sth in a different light;springen catch one’s eye, stick out a mile; (überdeutlich sein) hit one in the eye;das Auge beleidigen offend the eye;die Dummheit/der Neid etcschaut jemandem aus den Augen you can see the stupidity/jealousy etc in sb’s eyes, stupidity/jealousy etc is written all over sb’s face;da blieb kein Auge trocken auch iron there wasn’t a dry eye in the place;mit einem lachenden und einem weinenden Auge with mixed feelings;sich (dat)aus dem Kopf weinen cry one’s eyes out;jemandem gehen die Augen über sb is overwhelmed; geh (jemand weint) sb is moved to tears;jemanden mit den Augen verschlingen devour sb with one’s eyes; lüstern: ogle sb;er wird große Augen machen! he’s in for a surprise;er hat große Augen gemacht! you should have seen his face;seine Augen sind größer als sein Magen his eyes are bigger than his stomach;er hat ein Auge auf sie geworfen (findet sie sympathisch) he has his eye on her;jemandem (schöne) Augen machen make eyes at sb;er macht es doch nicht um i-r schönen Augen willen he isn’t doing it (for her) out of the goodness of his heart, you know;jemandem jemanden/etwas aufs Auge drücken foist ( oder fob) sb/sth off on sb;jemanden/etwas aufs Auge gedrückt bekommen have sb/sth foisted ( oder fobbed off) on one;das hätte leicht ins Auge gehen können that was close ( oder a close one umg), it could easily have backfired;jemandem die Augen auskratzen (wollen) (want to) scratch sb’s eyes out;ihre Augen brachen geh (sie starb) she passed away;das Auge des Gesetzes the (sharp) eye of the law;aus den Augen, aus dem Sinn sprichw out of sight, out of mind;Auge um Auge(, Zahn um Zahn) BIBEL an eye for an eye(, a tooth for a tooth);(da hilft nur) Augen zu und durch! we’ve (just) got to get through it somehow, we’ve got to ride this one out; → blau 1, Dorn1, Faust, schwarzdie Rosen auf zwei Augen zurückschneiden cut the roses back to two buds5. eines Sturms: eye6. (Fettauge) globule of fat7. SCHIFF eye8.magisches Auge magic eye* * *das; Auges, Augen1) eyegute/schlechte Augen haben — have good/poor eyesight
auf einem Auge blind sein — be blind in one eye; (fig.) have a one-sided view
ganz kleine Augen haben — (fig.) be all sleepy
mit verbundenen Augen — blindfold[ed]
etwas im Auge haben — have something in one's eye; (fig.): (haben wollen) have one's eye on something
das Auge des Gesetzes — (fig.): (Polizist) the law (coll.)
ihm/ihr usw. werden die Augen noch aufgehen — (fig.) he/she etc. is in for a rude awakening
[große] Augen machen — (fig. ugs.) be wide-eyed
da wird er Augen machen — (fig. ugs.) his eyes will pop out of his head
da blieb kein Auge trocken — (fig. ugs.) everyone laughed till they cried; (es blieb niemand verschont) no one was safe
ich traute meinen Augen nicht — (ugs.) I couldn't believe my eyes
ich habe doch hinten keine Augen — (ugs.) I haven't got eyes in the back of my head
ein Auge od. beide Augen zudrücken — (fig.) turn a blind eye
ein Auge auf jemanden/etwas geworfen haben — (fig.) have taken a liking to somebody/have one's eye on something
ein Auge auf jemanden/etwas haben — (achtgeben) keep an eye on somebody/something
ein Auge/ein sicheres Auge für etwas haben — have an eye/a sure eye for something
ich habe ja schließlich Augen im Kopf — (ugs.) I'm not blind, you know
jemandem die Augen öffnen — (fig.) open somebody's eyes
jemanden/etwas nicht aus den Augen lassen — not take one's eyes off somebody/something; not let somebody/something out of one's sight
jemanden/etwas aus dem Auge od. den Augen verlieren — lose sight of somebody/something; (fig.) lose contact or touch with somebody/lose touch with something
aus den Augen, aus dem Sinn! — (Spr.) out of sight, out of mind
jemanden/etwas im Auge behalten — (fig.) keep an eye on somebody/bear or keep something in mind
in jemandes Augen — (Dat.) (fig.) to somebody's mind; in somebody's opinion
jemandem ins Auge od. in die Augen fallen od. springen — (fig.) hit somebody in the eye
etwas ins Auge fassen — (fig.) consider something; think about something
einer Sache (Dat.) ins Auge sehen — (fig.) face something
der Wahrheit/Gefahr ins Auge sehen — (fig.) face up to the truth/danger
ins Auge gehen — (fig. ugs.) end in disaster; end in failure
Auge um Auge, Zahn um Zahn — an eye for an eye, a tooth for a tooth
unter vier Augen — (fig.) in private
unter jemandes Augen — (Dat.) right in front of somebody; right under somebody's nose
jemandem etwas vor Augen führen od. halten — (fig.) bring something home to somebody
wenn man sich (Dat.) das mal vor Augen führt — (fig.) when you stop and think about it
2) (auf Würfeln, Dominosteinen usw.) pip* * *-n n.eye n. -
14 expuesto
adj.1 risky, dangerous, unsafe, chancy.2 exposed, on exhibit, on show, exhibited.3 exposed, unprotected.4 at-risk.past part.past participle of spanish verb: exponer.* * *1→ link=exponer exponer► adjetivo1 (peligroso) dangerous, risky; (sin protección) exposed\estar expuesto a algo to be exposed to something* * *1.según lo arriba expuesto — according to what has been stated o set out above
2. ADJ1) [lugar] (=al descubierto) exposed; (=peligroso) dangerous2) [cuadro, mercancías] on show, on display, on view3)estar expuesto a un riesgo — to be exposed o open to a risk
* * *- ta adjetivo1) [estar] (al viento, a un riesgo) exposed2) [ser] ( peligroso) risky, dangerous* * *= on show, on display, on view, exposed.Ex. One has only to look around in bookshops to see how many paperbacks on show have film or TV links.Ex. The products and services on display underscored the degree to which the Internet has become an integral part of everyday life.Ex. Lucas Samaras, whose junk assemblages are on view at Pace, fashions statuettes from kitchen utensils and coat hangers.Ex. The exposed part is changed by the radiation so that the surface can be cleaned, etched and reoxidized.----* expuesto a la intemperie = exposure to the elements.* lo anteriormente expuesto = the preceding.* no expuesto a la luz = unexposed.* objeto expuesto = exhibit.* parte expuesta al viento = windward.* * *- ta adjetivo1) [estar] (al viento, a un riesgo) exposed2) [ser] ( peligroso) risky, dangerous* * *= on show, on display, on view, exposed.Ex: One has only to look around in bookshops to see how many paperbacks on show have film or TV links.
Ex: The products and services on display underscored the degree to which the Internet has become an integral part of everyday life.Ex: Lucas Samaras, whose junk assemblages are on view at Pace, fashions statuettes from kitchen utensils and coat hangers.Ex: The exposed part is changed by the radiation so that the surface can be cleaned, etched and reoxidized.* expuesto a la intemperie = exposure to the elements.* lo anteriormente expuesto = the preceding.* no expuesto a la luz = unexposed.* objeto expuesto = exhibit.* parte expuesta al viento = windward.* * *expuesto -taA1 [ ESTAR] (al viento, a la lluvia) exposed expuesto A algo exposed TO sth2 [ ESTAR] (a un riesgo, peligro) exposed expuesto A algo exposed TO sthB [ SER] (peligroso) risky, dangerous* * *
Del verbo exponer: ( conjugate exponer)
expuesto es:
el participio
Multiple Entries:
exponer
expuesto
exponer ( conjugate exponer) verbo transitivo
1
2 ‹razones/hechos› to set out, state;
‹ideas/teoría› to put forward;
‹ tema› to present
3
b) (al aire, sol) expuesto algo a algo to expose sth to sth
verbo intransitivo
to exhibit, exhibit o show one's work
exponerse verbo pronominal expuestose (a algo) to expose oneself (to sth);
exponer verbo transitivo
1 (en un discurso, escrito) to expound, put forward
2 (en una galería, escaparate) to exhibit, display
3 (someter, poner) to expose: la expuso al peligro, he exposed her to danger
expuesto,-a adjetivo
1 (ser) (arriesgado) risky, dangerous
2 (estar) (en un escaparate, galería) on display, on show
(sin protección) exposed
' expuesto' also found in these entries:
Spanish:
colectiva
- colectivo
- correr
- expuesta
- sujeta
- sujeto
English:
exhibit
- exposed
- open
- show
- subject
- view
- windy
- display
- firing
* * *expuesto, -a♦ participiover exponer♦ adj2. [arriesgado] dangerous, risky3. [dicho] stated, expressed;a lo expuesto cabe añadir que… to what has already been stated we should add that…4. [exhibido] on display* * *I part → exponerII adj1 exposed2 ( peligroso) dangerous* * *expuesto, -ta adj1) : exposed2) : hazardous, risky* * *expuesto adj1. (en exposición) on show / on display2. (lugar) exposed3. (peligroso) dangerous -
15 पक्षः _pakṣḥ
पक्षः [पक्ष्-अच्]1 A wing, pinion; अद्यापि पक्षावपि नोद्भिद्येते K.347; so उद्भिन्नपक्षः fledged; पक्षच्छेदोद्यतं शक्रम् R.4.4;3.42.-2 The feather or feathers on each side of an arrow; अनुसंततिपातिनः पटुत्वं दधतः शुद्धिभृतो गृहीतपक्षाः (शराः) Śi.2.11.-3 The flank or side of a man or animal, the shoulder; स्तम्बेरमा उभयपक्षविनीतनिद्राः R.5.72.-4 The side of anything, a flank; वितत्य पक्षद्वयमायतम् Ki.14.31.-5 The wing or flank of an army; सुपर्णपक्षानिलनुन्नपक्षम् (राक्षसराजसैन्यम्) Rām.7.6. 69.-6 The half of anything.-7 The half of a lunar month, a fortnight (comprising 15 days; there are two such pakṣas, शुक्लपक्षः the bright or light half, and कृष्ण-तमिस्र-पक्षः the dark half); तमिस्रपक्षे$पि सह प्रियाभि- र्ज्योत्स्नावतो निर्विशति प्रदोषान् R.6.34; Ms.1.66; Y.3.5; सीमा वृद्धिं समायाति शुक्लपक्ष इवोडुराट् Pt.1.92; Mb.3.26.5.-8 (a) A party in general, faction, side; प्रमुदितवरपक्षम् R.6.86; Śi.2.117; तुल्यो मित्रारिपक्षयोः Bg.14.25; R.6. 53;18.17. (b) A family, race; रूपान्वितां पक्षवतीं मनोज्ञां भार्यामयत्नोपगतां लभेत् सः Mb.13.57.4; किं क्रन्दसि दुराक्रन्द स्वपक्षक्षयकारक Pt.4.29.-9 One belonging to any party, a follower, partisan; विष्णुपक्षैः प्रतिच्छन्नैर्न भिद्येतास्य धीर्यथा Bhāg.7.5.7; शत्रुपक्षो भवान् H.1.-1 A class, multi- tude, host, any number of adherents; as अरि˚, मित्र˚.-11 One side of an argument, an alternative, one of two cases; पक्षे 'in the other case, on the other hand' पूर्व एवाभवत् पक्षस्तस्मिन्नाभवदुत्तरः R.4.1;14.34. cf. पूर्वपक्ष and उत्तरपक्ष.-12 A case or supposition in general; as in पक्षान्तरे.-13 A point under discussion, a thesis, an argument to be maintained.-14 The subject of a syllogism or conclusion (the minor term); संदिग्धसाध्य- वान् पक्षः T. S., दधतः शुद्धिभृतो गृहीतपक्षाः Śi.2.11 (where it means 'a feather' also).-15 A symbolical ex- pression for the number 'two'.-16 A bird.-17 A state, condition.-18 The body.-19 A limb of the body.-2 A royal elephant.-21 An army; Mb.2. 16.7.-22 A wall.-23 Opposition.-24 Rejoinder, reply.-25 A mass, quantity (when in composition with words meaning 'hair'); केशपक्षः; cf. हस्त.-26 Place, position.-27 A view, notion, idea.-28 The side of an equation in a primary division.-29 The ash-pit of a fire-place.-3 Proximity, neighbourhood.-31 A bracket.-32 Purity, perfection.-33 A house.-34 The sun (according to Sāyaṇa); सा पक्ष्या नव्यमायु- र्दधाना Rv.3.53.16.-Comp. -अध्यायः logic, casuistry.-अन्तः 1 the 15th day of either half month, i. e. the day of new or full moon.-2 the end of the wings of an army.-अन्तरम् 1 another side.-2 a different side or view of an argument.-3 another supposition.-अवसरः = पक्षान्त q. v.-आघातः 1 palsy or paralysis of one side, hemiplegia.-2 refutation of an argument.-आभासः 1 a fallacious argument.-2 a false plaint.-आहारः eating food only once in a fortnight; सुपुत्रदारो हि मुनिः पक्षाहारो बभूव ह Mb.3.26.5.-उद्ग्राहिन् a. showing partiality, adopting a side.-गम a. flying.-ग्रहणम् choosing a party; taking the side of.-घातः =-पक्षाघातः see above.-घ्न a. (a house) wanting a side.-चरः 1 an elephant strayed from the herd.-2 the moon.-3 an attendant.-छिद् m. an epithet of Indra (clipper of the wings of mountains); क्रुद्धे$पि पक्षच्छिदि वृत्रशत्रौ Ku.1.2.-जः the moon.-द्वयम् 1 both sides of an argument.-2 'a couple of fortnights', i. e. a month.-द्वारम् a side- door, private entrance.-धर a.1 winged.-2 adhering to the party of one, siding with any one.(-रः) 1 a bird.-2 the moon.-3 a partisan.-4 an elephant strayed from the herd.-नाडी a quill.-निक्षेपः the placing on the side of, counting among.-पातः 1 siding with any one; यद् दुर्योधनपक्षपातसदृशं कर्म Ve.3.5.-2 liking, desire, love, affection (for a thing); भवन्ति भव्येषु हि पक्षपाताः Ki.3.12; U.5.17; रिपुपक्षे बद्धः पक्षपातः Mu.1.-3 attachment to a party, partisanship, partiality; पक्षपातमत्र देवी मन्यते M.1; सत्यं जना वच्मि न पक्षपातात् Bh.1.47.-4 falling of wings, the moulting of birds.-5 a partisan.-पातिता, -त्वम् 1 partisanship, adherence to a side or party.-2 friendship, fellowship.-3 movement of the wings; न परं पथि पक्षपातिता$नवलम्बे किमु मादृशे$पि सा N.2.52.-पातिन् a. or subst.1 siding with, adhering to, a party, attached or partial (to a particular cause); पक्षपातिनो देवा अपि पाण्डवानाम् Ve.3.-2 sympathizing; Ve.3.-3 a follower, partisan, friend; यः सुरपक्षपाती V.1.-पालिः a private door.-पुटः a wing.-पोषण a. factious, promoting quarrels.-प्राप्तानुवादः a case of the description of a thing which admits of two alternatives (cf. Daṇḍaviveka G. O. S.52, p.21.).-बिन्दुः a heron.-भागः 1 the side or flank.-2 especially, the flank of an elephant.-भुक्ति f. the course traversed by the sun in a fortnight.-भेदः a. distinction between two sides of an argument.-रात्रिः a kind of play or sport.-वञ्चितकम् a particular position of hands in dancing.-वधः para- lysis of one side.-मूलम् the root of a wing; उल्लास- पल्लवितकोमलपक्षमूलाः (चकोराः) Bv.2.99.-रचना forming a party or faction.-वादः 1 an exparte statement.-2 stating a case, expression of opinion.-वाहनः a bird.-व्यापिन् a.1 embracing the whole of an argument.-2 pervading the minor term.-हत a. paralysed on one side; दृष्ट्वा कुणीन् पक्षहतान् Mb.12.18.39.-हरः 1 a bird.-2 a recreant, traitor.-होमः 1 a sacrificial rite lasting for a fortnight.-2 a rite to be performed every fortnight. -
16 ἐπί
ἐπί, Thess. (before τ)Aἐτ IG9(2).517.14
(iii B. C.), Prep. with gen., dat., and acc., to denote the being upon or supported upon a surface or point.A WITH GEN.:I of Place,1 with Verbs of Rest, upon,καθέζετ' ἐ. θρόνου Il.1.536
;ἧστο.. ὑψοῦ ἐπ' ἀκροτάτης κορυφῆς 13.12
;ἐ. πύργου ἔστη 16.700
;κεῖται ἐ. χθονός 20.345
: without a Verb expressed, ἔγχεα ὄρθ' ἐ. σαυρωτῆρος (sc. σταθέντα)ἐλήλατο 10.153
; ἔκλαγξαν ὀϊστοὶ ἐπ' ὤμων the arrows on his shoulders, 1.46; ἐ. γῆς, opp. ὑπὸ γῆς, Pl.Lg. 728a: also with Verbs of Motion, where the subject rests upon something, as on a chariot, a horse, a ship, φεύγωμεν ἐφ' ἵππων on our chariot, Il.24.356;οὐκ ἂν ἐφ' ὑμετ έρων ὀχέων.. ἵκεσθον 8.455
;ἄγαγε.. δῶρ' ἐπ' ἀπήνης 24.447
;ἐπὶ τῆς ἁμάξης.. ὠχέετο Hdt.1.31
;ἐπὶ τῶν ἵππων ὀχεῖσθαι X.Cyr.4.5.58
;οὓς κῆρες φορέουσι.. ἐ. νηῶν Il.8.528
;πέμπειν τινὰς ἐ. τριήροιν X.HG5.4.56
, etc.;ἐπ' ὤμου.. φέρειν Od.10.170
; τὴν κλεῖδα περιφέρειν ἐφ' ἑαυτοῦ to carry the key about on his person, Numen. ap. Eus.PE14.7; βαδιοῦνται ἐ. δυοῖν σκελοῖν, ἐφ' ἑνὸς πορεύσονται σκέλους, Pl.Smp. 190d; ἐπ' ἄκρων ὁδοιπορεῖν walk on tiptoe, S.Aj. 1230; of places, upon, if the place is an actual support,νέρθε κἀπὶ γῆς ἄνω Id.OT 416
; ἐ. τοῦ εὐωνύμον on the left, ἐ. τῶν πλευρῶν on the flanks, X.An.1.8.9,3.2.36; but most freq., in, rarely in Hom., ἐπ' ἀγροῦ in the country. Od. 1.190;γᾶς ἐ. ξένας S.OC 1705
(lyr.);νήσου τῆσδ' ἐφ' ἧς ναίει Id.Ph. 613
;ἐ. ξένας δμωῒς ἐπ' ἀλλοτρίας πόλεος E.Andr. 137
(lyr.);οἱ ἐ. Θρᾴκης σύμμαχοι Th.5.35
;τοὺς ἐ. τῆς Ἀσίας κατοικοῦντας Isoc.12.103
; ἐπ' οἰκήματος κατίσαι, καθῆσθαι, in a brothel, Hdt.2.121.έ, Pl. Chrm. 163b;τοὺς ἐ. τῶν οἰκημάτων καθεζομένους Aeschin.1.74
;ἐ. τῶν ἐργαστηρίων καθίζειν Isoc.7.15
; μένειν ἐ. τῆς αὐτῶν (sc. χώρας ) remain in statu quo, Indut. ap. Th.4.118;οἱ ἐπ' ἐρημίας λῃστεύοντες Jul. Or.7.210a
; later of towns,ἐπ' Ἀλεξανδρείας BGU908.16
(ii A.D.), etc.; sts. also, at or near, ἐπ' αὐτάων (sc. τῶν πηγῶν) Il.22.153;κόλπος ὁ ἐ. Ποσιδηΐου Hdt.7.115
; αἱ ἐ. Λήμνου ἐπικείμεναι νῆσοι off Lemnos, ib.6 codd.; τὰ ἐ. Θρᾴκης the Thrace- ward region, Th.1.59, cf. IG12.45.17, etc.; ποταμοὶ ἐφ' ὧν ἔξεστιν ἡμῖν ταμιεύεσθαι.. on, i.e. near which.., X.An.2.5.18; ἐ. τῶν τραπεζῶν at the money-changers' tables, Pl.Ap. 17c; in Geom., αἱ ἐφ' ὧν AA BB [ γραμμαί] the lines AA BB, Arist.EN 1132b6, etc.; ἕλιξ ἐφ' ἇς τὰ ΑΒΓΔ a spiral ABCD, Archim.Spir.13 (cf. B.1.1k); also ἐ. τοῦ βάτου in the passage concerning the bush, Ev.Marc.12.26.2 in various relations not strictly local, μένειν ἐ. τῆς ἀρχῆς remain in the command, X.Ages.1.37; μένειν ἐ. τινος abide by it, D.4.9; ἐ. τῶν πραγμάτων, ἐ. τοῦ πολεμεῖν εἶναι, to be engaged in.., Id.15.11, Prooem.1; ἐ. ὀνόματος εἶναι bear a name, Id.39.21;ἔχεται πόλις ἐ. νόσου S.Ant. 1141
(lyr.).b of ships, ὁρμεῖν ἐπ' ἀγκύρας ride at (i.e. in dependence upon an) anchor, Hdt.7.188; ἐ. προσπόλου μιᾶς χωρεῖν dependent upon an attendant, S.OC 746.c with the personal and reflexive Pron., once in Hom.,εὔχεσθε.. σιγῇ ἐφ' ὑμείων Il.7.195
; later mostly with [ per.] 3rd pers., ἐπ' ἑωυτῶν κεῖσθαι by themselves, Hdt.2.2, cf. 8.32;οἰκέειν κώμην Id.5.98
;ἐ. σφῶν αὐτῶν αὐτόνομοι οἰκεῖν Th.2.63
;ἵζεσθαι Hdt.9.17
;ἐφ' ἑαυτῶν πλεῖν Th.8.8
; ἐπ' ὑμέων αὐτῶν βαλέσθαι consider it by yourselves, Hdt.3.71, etc.;αὐτὴ ἐφ' αὑτῆς σκοποῦσα Th.6.40
; ; ἐπ' ἑωυτῶν διαλέγονται speak in a dialect of their own, Hdt. 1.142; alsoαὐτοὶ ἐφ' ἑαυτῶν χωρεῖν X. An.2.4.10
; , cf. Sph. 217c; τὸ ἐφ' ἑαυτῶν μόνον προορώμενοι considering their own interest only, th.1.17.d with numerals, to denote the depth of a body of soldiers, ἐ. τεττάρων ταχφῆναι to be drawn up four deep, four in file, X.An.1.2.15, etc.; ἐ. πεντήκοντα ἀσπίδων συνεστραμμένοι, of the Thebansat Leuctra, Id.HG 6.4.12; ἐπ' ὀλίγων τεταγμένοι, i.e. in a long thin line, Id.An.4.8.11; ; ἐφ' ἑνὸς ἄγειν in single file, X.Cyr.2.4.2, cf. An.5.2.6; rarely of the length of the line,ἐ. τεσσάρων ταξάμενοι τὰς ναῦς Th.2.90
; in X.,ἐγένοντο τὸ μέτωπον ἐ. τριακοσίων.. τὸ δὲ βάθος ἐφ' ἑκατόν Cyr.2.4.2
; πλεῖν ἐ. κέρως, ἐ. κέρας, v. infr. c.1.3; ἐ. φάλαγγος γίγνεται τὸ στράτευμα is formed in column, An.4.6.6, etc. (but in E.Ph. 1467, ἀσπίδων ἔπι is merely in or under arms): hence, generally, ἐ. ὀκτὼ πλίνθων τὸ εὖρος eight bricks wide, X.An.7.8.14.e c. gen. pers., before, in presence of,ἐ. μαρτύρων.. πράσσεταί τι Antipho 2.3.8
;ἐξελέγχεσθαι ἐ. πάντων D.25.36
; so, before a magistrate or official,ἐ. τοῦ στρατηγοῦ POxy. 38.11
(i A.D.), cf. UPZ71.15 (ii B.C.), Ev.Matt.28.14;γράψομαί σε ἐ. Ῥαδαμάνθυος Luc.Cat.18
;τινὰ εἰς δίκην καὶ κρίσιν ἐ. τῶν στρατοπέδων προκαλεῖν Jul.Or.1.30d
;πίστεις δοῦναι ἐ. θεῶν D.H.5.29
; but ἐπὶ δικασταῖς is f.l. in D.19.243 (leg. ἔπη).f with Verbs of perceiving, observing, judging, etc., in the case of,ἐπὶ νούσων παντοίων ἐπύθοντο Emp.112.10
;ὁρᾶν τι ἐ. τινος X.Mem.3.9.3
;αἰσθάνεσθαί τι ἐ. τινος Pl.R. 406c
, etc.;τὴν γνώμην ἔχειν ἐ. τινος Hyp.Eux.32
;τὰ συμβόλαια ἐ. τῶν νόμων σκοπεῖν D.18.210
; ἐπ' αὐτῶν τῶν ἔργων ἂν ἐσκόπει ib.233, cf. 25.2 (v.l.);ἐφ' ἑνός τι παριδεῖν Lycurg.64
;τὰς ἐναντιώσεις ἐ. μὲν τῶν λόγων τηροῦντες, ἐ. δὲ τῶν ἔργων μὴ καθορῶντες Isoc.13.7
;οὐδεὶς ἐφ' αὑτοῦ τὰ κακὰ συνορᾷ Men.631
;ἀγνοεῖν τι ἐ. τινος X.Mem.2.3.2
; also with Verbs of speaking, on a subject,λέγειν ἐ. τινος Pl.Chrm. 155d
, R. 524e, etc.;ἐπιδεῖξαί τι ἐ. τινος Isoc.8.109
; .3 implying Motion:a where the sense of motion is lost in the sense of being supported, ὀρθωθεὶς.. ἐπ' ἀγκῶνος having raised himself upon his elbow, Il.10.80;ἐ. μελίης.. ἐρεισθείς 22.225
;τὴν μὲν.. καθεῖσεν ἐ. θρόνου 18.389
.b in a pregnant sense, denoting the goal of motion (cf.εἰς A.1.2
,ἐν A.1.8
), νῆα.. ἐπ' ἠπείροιο ἔρυσσαν drew the ship upon the land and left it there, 1.485; περάαν νήσων ἔπι carry to the islands and leave there, 21.454, cf.22.45;ἐ. τῆς γῆς καταπίπτειν X.Cyr.4.5.54
; ἀναβῆναι ἐ. τῶν πύργων ib.7.1.39;ἐπ' Ἀβύδου ἀφικομέναις Th.8.79
(v.l.); freq. of motion towards or (in a military sense) upon a place,προτρέποντο μελαινάων ἐ. νηῶν Il.5.700
;τρέσσε.. ἐφ' ὁμίλου 11.546
(but νήσου ἔ. Ψυρίης νέεσθαι to go near Psyria, Od.3.171); ἐπ' οἴκου ἀπελαύνειν, ἀναχωρεῖν, ἀποχωρεῖν, homewards, Hdt.2.121.δ, Th.1.30,87, etc.; also with names of places,ἰέναι ἐ. Κυζίκου Hdt.4.14
;πλεῖν ἐ. Χίου Id.1.164
, cf. 168; ἀποπλεῖν ἐπ' αἰγύπτου ib. 1;ἀπαλλάσσεσθαι ἐ. Θεσσαλίης Id.5.64
; ὁ κόλπος ὁ ἐ. Παγασέων φέρων the bay that leads to Pagasae, Id.7.193; ἡ ἐ. βαβυλῶνος ὁδός the road leading to B., X.Cyr. 5.3.45, cf.An.6.3.24.c metaph., ἐ. γνώμης τινὸς γίγνεσθαι come to an opinion, D.4.7;ἐπ' ἐλπίδος γενέσθαι Plu.Sol.14
; ὡς ἐ. κινδύνου as if to meet danger, Th.6.34;ἐ. τοῦ ἀλύπως ζῆν
with a view to..,Pl.
Prt. 358b; cf. infr. B. 111.2.II of Time, in the time of,ἐ. προτέρων ἀνθρώπων Il.5.637
,23.332;ἐ. Κρόνου Hes.Op. 111
; ἐ. Κέκροπος, ἐ. Δαρείου, etc., Hdt.8.44,6.98, etc.;ἐ. τῶν τριάκοντα Lys.13.2
;ὀλιγαρχία ἡ ἐ. τῶν τετρακοσίων καταστᾶσα Isoc.8.108
; ἐ. τούτου τυραννεύοντος, ἐ. Λέοντος βασιλεύοντος, ἐ. Μήδων ἀρχόντων, etc., Hdt.1.15,65, 134, etc.;ἐ. τῆς ἐμῆς βασιλείας Isoc.3.32
; ἐπ' ἐμεῦ in my time, Hdt.1.5, 2.46, etc.;ἡ εἰρήνη ἡ ἐπ' Ἀνταλκίδου D.20.54
, cf. X.HG5.1.36;αἱ ἐπ' Ἀσδρούβα γενόμεναι ὁμολογίαι Plb.3.15.5
; ἐπ' εἰρήνης in time of peace, Il.2.797, 9.403;ἐπ' ἐμῆς νεότητος Ar.Ach. 211
(lyr.);ἐ. Λάχητος καὶ τοῦ προτέρου πολέμου Th.6.6
; ἐπ' ἡμέρης ἑκάστης v.l. for -ῃ -τῃ in Hdt.5.117.b later ἐ. δείπνου at dinner, Luc.Asin.3; ἐ. τῆς τραπέζης, ἐφ' ἑκάστης κύλικος, Plu.Alex.23; ἐ. τῆς κύλικος, ἐ. τοῦ ποτηρίου, Luc.Pisc.34, Plu.Alex.53.III in various causal senses:1 over, of persons in authority,ἐπ' οὗ ἐτάχθημεν Hdt.5.109
; οἱ ἐ. τῶν πραγμάτων the public officers, D.18.247; freq. in forged decrees, ὁ ἐ. τῶν ὅπλων στρατηγός ib.38; ὁ ἐ. τῶν ὁπλιτῶν, τῶν ἱππέων, ib.116; ὁ ἐ. τῆς διοικήσεως ib.38 (but cf. c. 111.3); τοῦ ἐ. τῶν ὁπλιτῶν is f.l. in Lys. 32.5;ὁ ἐ. τῆς χώρας στρατηγός Plu.Phoc.32
;οἱ ἐ. τῶν σιτοποιῶν καὶ μαγείρων Id.Alex.23
;ὁ ἐ. τοῦ οἴνου Id.Pyrrh.5
; ὁ ἐ. τῶν ἐπιστολῶν τοῦ Ὄθωνος, = Lat. ab epistulis, his secretary, Id.Oth.9; cf. B. 111.6.2 κεκλῆσθαι ἐ. τινος to be called after him, Hdt.4.45;ἐ. τινος μετονομασθῆναι Id.1.94
:ἐ. τινος τὰς ἐπωνυμίας ἔχειν Id.4.107
; ἐ. τινος ἐπώνυμος γίγνεσθαι ib. 184; alsoἐπ' ὀνόματος καλεῖν Plb.5.35.2
.3 of occasions, circumstances, and conditions, οὐκ ἐ. τούτου μόνον, ἀλλ' ἐ. πάντων, on all occasions, D.21.38, cf. 183;ἐφ' ἑκάστων Pl.Phlb. 25e
;ἐφ' ἑκατέρου Id.Tht. 159c
;ἐφ' ἑκάστης μαντείας D.21.54
; ἐπ' ἐξουσίας καὶ πλούτου πονηρὸν εἶναι in.. ib.138; ἐ. τῆς ἀληθείας καὶ τοῦ πράγματος ib.72, cf. 18.17;τὴν ἐ. τῆς πομπῆς καὶ τοῦ μεθύειν πρόφασιν λαβών Id.21.180
;ἐ. σχολῆς Aeschin.3.191
;ἐπ' ἀδείας Plu. Sol.22
;ἐπ' ἀληθείας Ev.Marc.12.14
, POxy.255.16 (i A.D.): hence in adverbial phrases, ἐπ' ἴσας (sc. μοίρας) equally, S.El. 1062 (lyr.);ἐ. καιροῦ D.20.90
; ἐπ' ἐσχάτων at the last, LXXDe.17.7 (v.l. ἐσχάτῳ) ; ἐπὶ τοῦ παρόντος for the present, SIG543.6 (Epist. Philipp.).4 in respect of,ἐ. τῶν πραγμάτων Arist.Pol. 1280a17
, cf. EN 1131b18; concerning,τὰ ἐπ' αὐτῶν ἐνεστηκότα PTeb.7.6
(ii B. C.).B WITH DAT.:I of Place, upon, just like the gen. (hence Poets use whichever case suits the metre, whereas in Prose the dat. is more freq.):1 with Verbs of Rest,ἕζεο τῷδ' ἐ. δίφρῳ Il.6.354
;ἧντ' ἐ. πύργῳ 3.153
;στῆ δ' ἐ... νηΐ 8.222
;κεῖσθαι ἐ. τινι X.An.1.8.27
; καίειν ἐ. πᾶσι (sc. βωμοῖς) Il.8.240;ἔβραχε χαλκὸς ἐ. στήθεσσι 4.420
;ἐ. χθονὶ δέρκεσθαι 1.88
, etc.: also with Verbs of Motion, where the subject rests upon something, (v.l. for ἐν); ἐπ' ὤμοις φέρειν E.Ph. 1131
(but ἐφ' ἵππῳ, ἐφ' ἵπποις and the like are never used for ἐφ' ἵππου, etc.); of places, mostly in,ἐ. τῇ χώρῃ Hdt.5.77
;τἀπὶ Τροίᾳ πέργαμα S.Ph. 353
;ἐπ' ἐσχάτοις τόποις Id.Tr. 1100
;ἐ. τῇ ψυχῇ δάκνομαι Id.Ant. 317
; also, at or near,ἐ. κρήνῃ Od.13.408
;ἐ. θύρῃσι Il.2.788
, etc.; of rivers, etc., by, beside,ἐ. ὠκυρόῳ Κελάδοντι.. 7.133
, etc.;ἐπ' ἐσχάρῃ Od.7.160
;ἐ. νηυσί Il.1.559
, etc.; of persons, οὐ τἀπὶ Λυδοῖς οὐδ' ἐπ' Ὀμφάλῃ λατρεύματα in Lydia, in the power of O., S.Tr. 356.b on or over, ἐπ' Ἰφιδάμαντι over the body of Iphidamas, Il.11.261, cf. 4.470; ; also, over or in honour of,ἐ. σοὶ κατέθηκε.. ἄεθλα Od.24.91
; [βοῦς] ἐ. Πατρόκλῳ πέφνεν Il. 23.776
; , cf. Lys.2.80; in [dialect] Dor. and [dialect] Aeol.sepulchral Inscrr., Schwyzer 348,al.c in hostile sense, against, Hdt.1.61,6.74, 88, S.Ph. 1139 (lyr.), etc.; as a check upon,οἱ πρόβουλοι καθεστᾶσιν ἐ. τοῖς βουλευταῖς Arist.Pol. 1299b37
, cf. 1271a39; also, towards, in reference to,ἐ. πᾶσι χόλον τελέσαι Il.4.178
;ἐπ' ἔργοις πᾶσι S.OC 1268
;δικαιότερος καὶ ἐπ' ἄλλῳ ἔσσεαι Il.19.181
, cf. S.Tr. 994 (anap.), etc.;ἐ. τοῖς δυνατοῖς ἔχειν τὴν γνώμην Democr. 191
; τὸ ἐ. πᾶσιν τοῖς σώμασι κάλλος extending over all bodies, Pl. Smp. 210b; ἡ [παιδεία] ἡ ἐ. σώμασι, ἐ. ψυχῇ, Id.R. 376e; τἀπὶ σοὶ κακά the ills which lie upon thee, S.Ph. 806: in [dialect] Att. also, νόμον τίθεσθαι, θεῖναι ἐ. τινι, make a law for his case, whether for or against, Pl.Grg. 488d, Lexap.And.1.87;νόμους ἀναγράψαι ἐ. τοῖς ἀδικοῦσι D.24.5
; νόμος κεῖται ἐ. τινι ib.70; τἀπὶ τῷ πλήθει νενομοθετημένα ib.123, cf. 142; τί θεσμοποιεῖς ἐ. ταλαιπώρῳ νεκρῷ; E.Ph. 1645.d. of accumulation, upon, after, ὄγχνη ἐπ' ὄγχνῃ one pear after another, pear on pear, Od.7.120;ἐ. κέρδεϊ κέρδος Hes.Op. 644
;ἄτη ἑτέρα ἐπ' ἄτῃ A. Ch. 404
(lyr.); πήματα ἐ. πήμασι, ἐ. νόσῳ νόσος, S.Ant. 595, OC 544 (both lyr.).e. in addition to, over and above, besides, οὐκ ἄρα σοί γ'ἐ. εἴδεϊ καὶ φρένες ἦσαν Od.17.454
, cf. 308;ἄλλα τε πόλλ' ἐ. τῇσι παρίσχομεν Il.9.639
, cf. Od.22.264; ἐ. τοῖσι besides, 24.277;ἐ. τούτοις Him.Or.14.10
; so of Numerals,τρισχιλίους ἐ. μυρίοις Plu.Publ.20
, cf. Jul.Or.4.148c, etc.;γυναῖκ' ἐφ' ἡμῖν.. ἔχει E.Med. 694
: with Verbs of eating and drinking, with,ἐ. τῷ σίτῳ πίνειν ὕδωρ X.Cyr.6.2.27
; νέκταρποτίσαι ἐπ' ἀμβροσίᾳ Pl.Phdr. 247e
; esp. of a relish, κάρδαμον μόνονἐ. τῷ σίτῳ ἔχειν X.Cyr.1.2.11
;παίειν ἐφ' ἁλὶ τὰν μᾶδδαν Ar.Ach. 835
: metaph., ἐ. τῷ φάγοις ἥδιστ' ἄν; ἐ. βαλλαντίῳ; Id.Eq. 707; later ἐ. γογγυλίσι διαβιῶναι live on turnips, Ath.10.419a.g. in dependence upon, in the power of,τὰ δ' οὐκ ἐπ' ἀνδράσι κεῖται Pi.P.8.76
; ἐ. τινί ἐστι it is in his power to do, c.inf., Hdt.8.29, etc.;ἐ. σοί ἐστιν ἀναζωπυρεῖν M.Ant.7.2
;ἐ. ἑτέροις γίγνεσθαι Th.6.22
; ἐ. τῷ πλήθει in their hands, S.OC66, cf. Th.2.84; τὸ ἐπ' ἐμοί, τὸ ἐ. ἐκείνῳ, etc., as far as is in my power, etc., X. Cyr.5.4.11, Isoc.4.142, etc.;τὸ ἐ. τούτοις εἶναι Lys.28.14
; ἐ. τοῖς υἱάσι their property, Leg.Gort.4.37.h. according to, ἐ. τοῖς νόμοις Lexap.D. 24.56;ἐ. πᾶσι δικαίοις ποιούμεθα τοὺς λόγους Id.20.88
;ἐ. προφάσει θηρός S.Tr. 662
codd.(lyr.).i. of condition or circumstances in which one is,ἀτελευτήτῳ ἐ. ἔργῳ Il.4.175
, etc.;ἐπ' ἀρρήτοις λόγοις S.Ant. 556
; (lyr.);ταύταις ἐ. συντυχίαις Pi.P.1.36
;ἐπ' εὐπραξίᾳ S.OC 1554
;ἐ. τῷ παρόντι Th.2.36
; ἐπ' αὐτοφώρῳ λαβεῖν, v. αὐτόφωρος; also ἐ. τῷ δείπνῳ at dinner, X.Cyr.1.3.12, Thphr.Char. 3.2;ἐ. τῇ κύλικι Pl.Smp. 214b
;ἐ. θαλίαις E.Med. 192
(anap.).k. Geom., of the point, etc., at which letters are written, κέντρον ἐφ' ᾧ K Hippocr. ap. Simp.in Ph.64.14; ἡ [γραμμὴ] ἐφ' ᾗ HK the line HK, Arist.Mete. 375b22.2. with Verbs of Motion:a. where the sense of motion merges in that of support,ἐ. χθονὶ βαίνει Il.4.443
;θεῖναι ἐ. γούνασιν 6.92
;καταθέσθαι ἐ. γαίῃ 3.114
; ἱστὸν ἔστησεν ἐ.ψαμάθοις 23.853
;ἐ. φρεσὶ θῆκε 1.55
; δυσφόρους ἐπ' ὄμμασι γνώμαςβαλεῖν S.Aj.51
, etc.b. in pregnant construction, πέτονται ἐπ' ἄνθεσιν fly on to the flowers and settle there, Il.2.89; ἐκ.. βαῖνον ἐ.ῥηγμῖνι θαλάσσης Od.15.499
;καθεῖσεν ἐ. Σκαμάνδρῳ Il.5.36
; ἦλθε δ'ἐ. Κρήτεσσι 4.251
, cf. 273;νῆες εἰρύατ'.. ἐ. θινὶ θαλάσσης 4.248
.c. rarely for εἰς c.acc.,νηυσὶν ἔ. γλαφυρῇσιν ἐλαυνέμεν 5.327
, 11.274.d. in hostile sense, upon or against, ἐ. τινι ἔχειν, ἰθύνειν ἵππους, 5.240, 8.110; ἐ. τινι ἱέναι βέλος, ἰθύνεσθαι ὀϊστόν, 1.382, Od.22.8; ἐ. τοιἈκράγαντι τανύσαις Pi.O.2.91
;ἐ. Τυδεΐδῃ ἐτιταίνετο.. τόξα Il.5.97
;ἐφ' Ἕκτορι.. ἀκοντίσσαι 16.358
;κύνας.. σεύῃ ἐπ' ἀγροτέρῳ συΐ 11.293
;ὡρμήθησαν ἐπ' ἀνδράσιν Od.10.214
, cf. E.Ph. 1379, etc.: also ἐ. τινιτετάχθαι Th.2.70
, 3.13;ὅστις φάρμακα δηλητήρια ποιοῖ ἐ. Τηΐοισιν SIG37.2
(Teos, v B.C.).II. of Time, rarely, and never in good [dialect] Att., exc. in sense of succession (infr. 2), ἐ. νυκτί by night, Il.8.529;ἐφ' ἡμέρῃ, αἱ δ' ἐ. νυκτί Hes.Op. 102
; ἐπ' ἤματι τῷδε on this very day, Il.13.234; ἐπ' ἤματι for to-day, 19.229, 10.48, Od.2.284; αἰεὶ ἐπ' ἤματι every day, 14.105;ἐπ' ἡμέρῃ ἑκάστῃ Hdt.4.112
, 5.53, cf. D.S. 34/5.2.1;ὁ ἥλιος νέος ἐφ' ἡμέρῃ ἐστίν Heraclit.6
;ἐ. τρίς Act.Ap.10.16
, PHolm.1.18.2. of succession, after, ἕκτῃ ἐ. δέκα on the 16th of the month, Chron. ap. D.18.155, Decr.ib.181 ( δεκάτῃ codd.); τετράδιἐ. δέκα IG12.304.62
; πρὸ τῆς ἕκτης ἐ. δέκα ib.22.1361.19; ἐπ' ἐξεργασμένοισι, = Lat. re peracta, Hdt.4.164, etc.; ἐ. τινι ἀγορεύειν, ἀνίστασθαι, E.Or. 898, 902, X.Cyr.2.3.7, etc.;ἐ. διεφθαρμένοισι Ἴωσι Hdt.1.170
, τὰ ἐ. τούτοισι, = Lat. quod superest, Id.9.78, cf. Th.1.65, A.Ag. 255, etc.;τοὐπὶ τῷδε πῆμα E.Hipp. 855
(lyr.), etc.3. in the time of (cf. A. 11) only in Arc., A 21, cf. 666 (Orchom.).III. in various causal senses:1. of the occasion or cause, τετεύξεται ἄλγε' ἐπ' αὐτῇ for her, Il.21.585; ἐ. σοὶ μάλα πόλλ' ἔπαθον for thee, 9.492: freq. with Verbs expressing some mental affection,ἐπὶ παντὶ λόγῳ ἐπτοῆσθαι Heraclit.87
; μέγα φρονεῖν ἐ. τινι to be proud at or of a thing, Pl.Prt. 342d, X.HG3.4.11, etc.; χλιδᾶν ἐ . τινι S.El. 360; ἀγάλλεσθαι, ἀγανακτεῖν ἐ. τοῖς παροῦσι, X.An.2.6.26, Isoc.4.122;ὀνομαστὸς ἐ. τινι γεγονέναι X.Mem.1.2.61
; also ἐφ' αἵματι φεύγειν to be tried on a capital charge, D.21.105; πληγὰς λαμβάνεινἐ. τινι X.Cyr.1.3.16
;ζημιοῦσθαι ἐ. τινι D.24.122
, etc.: in adverbial phrases [δικάσσαι] ἐπ' ἀρωγῇ with favour, Il.23.574;δολίῃ ἐ. τέχνῃ Hes. Th. 540
;ἐ. μιῇ αἰτίῃ ἀνήκεστον πάθος ἔρδειν Hdt.1.137
, etc.; ἐ . κακουργίᾳ καὶ οὐκ ἀρετῇ for malice, Th.1.37; ἐπ' εὐνοία, ἐπ' ἔχθρα, D. 18.273, 21.55; ἐπ' ἀγαθῇ ἐλπίδι with.., X.Mem.2.1.18, cf. Ep.Rom. 4.18; ἐφ' ἑκατέροις in both cases, Pl.Tht. 158d, cf. Xenoph.34.4; ἐ.δάκρυσί τινα καταστένειν E. Tr. 315
(lyr.); ἐ. τῇ πάσῃ συκοφαντίᾳ καὶ διασεισμῷ Mitteis Chr. 31 vI (ii B.C.), etc.2. of an end or purpose,υἱὸν ἐ. κτεάτεσσι λιπέσθαι Il.5.154
, cf. 9.482; ἐ. δόρπῳ for supper, Od.18.44;ἐ. κακῷ ἀνθρώπου σίδηρος ἀνεύρηται Hdt.1.68
;ἐ. διαφθορῇ Id.4.164
;ἐ. σῷ καιρῷ S.Ph. 151
(lyr.);ἐ. τῷ κέρδει X.Mem.1.2.56
; δῆσαι ἐ. θανάτῳ or τὴν ἐ. θανάτῳ, Hdt.9.37, 3.119, cf.1.109, X.An.1.6.10;ἐ. θανάτῳ συλλαβεῖν Isoc.4.154
; ἐπ' ἐξαγωγῇ for exportation, Hdt.5.6; χρηστηριάζεσθαι ἐ. τῇ χώρῃ with a view to gaining.., Id.1.66;ἐ. τούτοις ἐθύσαντο X.An.3.5.18
;ἐ. τῷ ὑβρίζεσθαι Th.1.38
, cf.34, etc.;τι κακοτεχνεῖν ἐ. αἰσχύνῃ τοῦ ἀνδρός PEleph.1.6
(iv B.C.).3. of the condition upon which a thing is done, ἐ. τούτοισι on these terms, Hdt.1.60, etc.;ἐ. τοῖσδε, ὥστε.. Th.3.114
; ἐ. τούτῳ, ἐπ' ᾧτε on condition that.., Hdt.3.83, cf. 7.158: in orat. obliq., ἐπ' or ἐφ' ᾧτε folld. by inf., Id.1.22, 7.154, X.HG2.2.20;ἐφ' ᾧ μηδὲν κακὸν ποιήσουσιν Th.1.126
(but ἐφ' ᾧ = wherefore, Ep.Rom.5.12); ἐπ' οὐδενί on no condition, on no account, Hdt.3.38; but, for no adequate reason, D. 21.132; ἐπ' ἴσῃ τε καὶ ὁμοίῃ, ἐπὶ τῇ ἴσῃ καὶ ὁμοίᾳ, on fair and equal terms, Hdt.9.7, Th.1.27; ἐ. ῥητοῖς, v. ῥητός; also of a woman's dowry,τὴν μητέρα ἐγγυᾶν ἐ. ταῖς ὀγδοήκοντα μναῖς D.28.16
; γῆμαίτινα ἐ. δέκα ταλάντοις And.4.13
;τὴν θυγατέρα ἔχειν γυναῖκα ἐ. τῇ τυραννίδι Hdt.1.60
; on the principle of..,ἐ. τῷ μὴ λυπεῖν ἀλλήλους Th.1.71
.4. of the price for which..,ἔργον τελέσαι δώρῳ ἔ. μεγάλῳ Il.10.304
, cf. 21.445; ἐ. τίνι χρήματι; Hdt.3.38; ἐ. πόσῳ; Pl.Ap. 41a; ἐ .ταλάντῳ χρυσίου Ar.Av. 154
; ἐπ' ἀργυρίῳ λέγειν, πράττειν, D.19.182, 24.200;ἐ. χρήμασι λυμαίνεσθαι Id.19.332
;ἐ. πολλῷ ἐρρᾳθυμηκότες Id.1.15
; also of money lent at interest, δανείζεσθαι ἐ. τοῖς μεγάλοις τόκοις ibid.; ἐ. δραχμῇ δανείζειν lend at 12 per cent., Id.27.9; ἐπ' ὀκτὼ ὀβολοῖς τὴν μνᾶν τοῦ μηνὸς ἑκάστου δανείζειν, i.e. at 16 per cent., Id.53.13;ἐ. διακοσίαις εἴκοσι πέντε τὰς χιλίας
for per mille, i.e. 22.5 per cent., Syngr. ap. eund.35.10; also of the security on which money is borrowed,δανείζειν ἐ. ἀνδραπόδοις Id.27.27
; ἐπ' οἴνουκεραμίοις τρισχιλίοις Id.35.18
;ἐ. νηΐ Id.56.3
;δανείζειν ἐ. τοῖς σώμασιν Arist.Ath.9.1
, cf. 2.2, D.H.4.9.5. of names, φάος καὶ νὺξ ὀνόμασται..ἐ. τοῖσί τε καὶ τοῖς Parm.9.2
;ἐ. τῇ τοῦ οἰκείου ἔχθρᾳ στάσις κέκληται Pl.R. 470b
; soὄνομα κεῖται ἐ. τινι X.Cyr.2.2.12
; ὄνομα καλεῖνἐ. τινι Pl.Sph. 218c
, cf. 244b; πότερον ταῦτα, πέντε ὀνόματα ὄντα, ἐ.ἑνὶ πράγματί ἐστι Id.Prt. 349b
(v. supr. A. 111.2).6. of persons in authority, ὅς μ' ἐ. βουσὶν εἷσεν who set me over the kine, Od.20.209, cf. 221;ποιμαίνειν ἐπ' ὄεσσι Il.6.25
;οὖρον κατέλειπον ἐ. κτεάτεσσιν Od.15.89
;σημαίνειν ἐ. δμῳῇσι 22.427
; πέμπειν ἐ. τοσούτῳστρατεύματι Th.6.29
;ἐ. ταῖς ναυσίν X.HG1.5.11
;οἱ ἐ. ταῖς μηχαναῖς Id.Cyr.6.3.28
; οἱ ἐ. ταῖς καμήλοις ib.33;οἱ ἐ. τοῖς πράγμασιν ὄντες D. 9.2
;ἐ. θυγατρὶ.. γαμεῖν ἄλλην γυναῖκα Hdt.4.154
.7. in possession of, possessing,ἐ. τοῖς ἑαυτοῦ μένειν Th.4.105
, cf. 8.86; ζῆν ἐ. παιδίοις, τελευτᾶν ἐ. παιδὶ γνησίῳ, Alciphr.1.3, Philostr.VS2.12.2;ἐ. παισὶ διαδόχοις Hdn.4.2.1
;ἀποθανεῖν ἐ. κληρονόμοις ταῖς θυγατράσι Artem.1.78
, cf. PMeyer6.22 (ii A.D.);ἐ. μόνῳ παιδὶ σαλεύειν Hld. 1.9
.C. WITH Acc.:I. of Place, upon or on to a height, with Verbs of Motion,ἐ. πύργον ἔβη Il.6.386
, cf. 12.375; ἐ. τὰ ὑψηλότατα τῶνὀρέων ἀναβαίνειν Hdt.1.131
;προελθεῖν ἐ. βῆμα Th.2.34
; ἀναβιβαστέον τινά, ἀναβαίνειν ἐ. τὸν ἵππον, Pl.R. 467e, X.An.3.4.35; also ἐξ ἵππωνἀποβάντες ἐ. χθόνα Il.3.265
; ἐξεκυλίσθη πρηνὴς ἐ. στόμα upon his face, 6.43;ἐ. θρόνον.. ἕζετο 8.442
; ὤμω.. ἐ. στῆθος συνοχωκότε drawn together upon his breast, 2.218;Ὀδυσσῆ' εἷσαν ἐ. σκέπας Od.6.212
;θέσθαι ἐ. τὰ γόνατα X.An.7.3.23
;ἐπ' ἀμφότερα τὰ ὦτα καθεύδειν Aeschin.Socr.54
; ἐ. κεφαλήν head- foremost, Pl.R. 553b, Luc.Pisc.48 (v. κεφαλή): less freq. than ἐπί with gen. or dat.b. Geom., αἱ ἐ. τὰς ἁφὰς ἐπιζευγνύμεναι εὐθεῖαι joining the points of contact, Archim. Sph.Cyl.1.8; κάθετος ἐ. perpendicular to (v. κάθετος).2. to,ἦλθε θοὰς ἐ. νῆας Il.1.12
, etc.; ἐ. βωμὸν ἄγων ib. 440; ἴθυσαν δ' ἐ.τεῖχος 12.443
;ἐ. τέρμ' ἀφίκετο S.Aj.48
;ἡ [ὁδὸς] ἐ. Σοῦσα φέρει X. An.3.5.15
;ἡ ὁδὸς ἡ ἀπὸ τῶν Πυλῶν ἐ. τὸ Ποσειδώνιον Th.4.118
; ἐ.τὸ αὐτὸ αἱ γνῶμαι ἔφερον Id.1.79
: c.acc. pers.,βῆ δ' ἄρ' ἐπ' Ἀτρεΐδην Il.2.18
, cf. 10.18,85, 150, etc.: sts. in pregn. constr. with Verbs of Rest,ἐπιστῆναι ἐ. τὰς θύρας Pl.Smp. 212d
;παρεῖναι ἐ. τὸν τάφον Th.2.34
, cf. X.Cyr.3.3.12.b. metaph., ἐ. ἔργα τρέπεσθαι, ἰέναι, Il.3.422, Od.2.127;ἰέναι ἐ. τὸν ἔπαινον Th.2.36
;ἐ. συμφορὴν ἐμπεσεῖν Hdt.7.88
codd.; also ἐ. τὴν τράπεζαν ἀποδιδόναι, ὀφείλειν, pay, owe to the bank, D.33.12, Docum. ap. eund.45.31; ἡ ἐγγύη ἡ ἐ. τὴντράπεζαν D.33.10
; τὸ ἐ. τὴν τράπεζαν χρέως ib.24; also εἰσποιηθῆναι ἐ. τὸ ὄνομά τινος to be entered under his name, Id.44.36.c. up to, as far as ( μέχρι ἐ. X.An.5.1.[1]),παρατείνειν ἐπ' Ἡρακλέας στήλας Hdt.4.181
;ἐ. θάλασσαν καθήκειν Th.2.27
,97: metaph., ἐ. πείρατ' ἀέθλωνἤλθομεν Od.23.248
; ἐ. διηκόσια ἀποδιδόναι yield 200- fold, Hdt. 1.193; in measurements,πλέον ἢ ἐ. δύο στάδια X.Cyr.7.5.8
, An.6.2.2; ὅσον ἐ. εἴκοσι σταδίους ib.6.4.5, cf. 1.7.15: freq. with a neut. Adj. or Pron.,τόσσον τίς τ' ἐπιλεύσσει ὅσον τ' ἐ. λᾶαν ἵησιν Il.3.12
; ὅσσονἔφ' 2.616
, cf. 15.358; ἐ. τοσοῦτό γε φρονέω,.. ταύτην μηδὲν σίνεσθαι I am prudent enough, not to.., Hdt.6.97;ἐ. ὅσον δεῖ Th.7.66
; ἐ.πάντ' ἀφίξομαι S.OT 265
;ἐ. πᾶν ἐλθεῖν X.An.3.1.18
; ἐ. τὸ ἔσχατονἀγῶνος ἐλθεῖν Th.4.92
; ἐ. μεῖζον χωρεῖν, ἔρχεσθαι, ib. 117, S.Ph. 259;ἐ. μέγα χωρεῖν δυνάμεως Th.1.118
; ἐ. μακρότερον, ἐ. μακρότατον, Id.4.41, 1.1, Hdt.4.16, 192; ἐ. σμικρόν, ἐ. βραχύ, a little way, a little, S. El. 414, Th.1.118; ἐπ' ἔλαττον, ἐπ' ἐλάχιστον, Pl.Phd. 93b, Th.1.70; ἐπ' ὀλίγον, ἐ. πολλά, Pl.Sph. 254b; ἐ. πλέον still more, Hdt.2.171, 5.51, Th.2.51; rarely with Advs.,ἐ. μᾶλλον Hdt.1.94
, 4.181.d. before, into the presence of (cf. A. 1.2e),ἦγον δή μιν ἐ. τὰ κοινά Id.3.156
(but στὰς ἐ. τὸ συνέδριον standing at the door of the council, Id.8.79);ἐ. ἡγεμόνας καὶ βασιλεῖς ἀχθήσεσθε Ev.Matt.10.18
.e. in Military phrases (cf. A. 1.2d), ἐπ' ἀσπίδας πέντε καὶ εἴκοσιν ἐτάξαντο, i.e. twenty-five in file, Th.4.93; dub. in X., as ἐ. πολλοὺς τεταγμένοι many in file, An.4.8.11 codd.;ἐπ' ὀλίγον τὸ βάθος γίγνεσθαι Cyr.7.5.2
codd.; for ἐ. κέρας v. infr.3.3. of the quarter or direction towards or in which a thing takes place, ἐ. δεξιά, ἐπ' ἀριστερά, to the right or left, Il.7.238, 12.240, Od.3.171, Hdt.6.33, etc.; ἐ. τὰ ἕτερα or ἐ. θάτερα, Id.5.74, Th.1.87, etc.; ἐ. τὰ μακρότερα , βραχύτερα, on the longer, shorter side, Hdt.1.50; ἐπ' ἀμφότερα νοέων both ways, Id.8.22;ἐπ' ἀμφότερα μαχᾶν τάμνειν τέλος Pi.O.13.57
, etc.; ἐ. τάδε Φασήλιδος on this side, Isoc.7.80; ἐ. ἐκεῖνα, v. ἐπέκεινα; ἐφ' ἕν, ἐ. δύο, ἐ. τρία, of space, in one, two, three dimensions, Arist.de An. 404b23, Plot.6.3.13; in Military phrases, ἐ. δόρυ ἀναστρέψαι ,ἐ. ἀσπίδα μεταβαλέσθαι, to the spear or shield side, i.e. to right or left, X.An.4.3.29, Cyr.7.5.6; ἐ. πόδα ἀναχωρεῖν, etc., retire on the foot, i.e. facing the enemy, Id.An.5.2.32; so ἐ. κέρας or ἐ. κέρως πλεῖν, etc., sail towards or on the wing, i.e. in column (v. ): metaph., ἐ. τὸ μεῖζον κοσμῆσαι, δεινῶσαι, etc., with exaggeration, Th.1.10, 8.74, etc.;ἐ. τὸ πλέον ἀγγέλλεσθαι Id.6.34
; ἐ. τὸ φοβερώτερον ib.83; ἐ. τὰ γελοιότερα ἐπαινέσαι so as to provoke laughter, Pl. Smp. 214e; ἐ. τὰ καλλίω, ἐ. τὰ αἰσχίονα, Id.Plt. 293e; ἐ. τὸ βέλτιον καὶ κάλλιον, ἐ. τὸ χεῖρον καὶ τὸ αἴσχιον, Id.R. 381b; ἐ. τὸ ἄμεινον Orac. ap. D.43.66.4. in hostile sense, against,ἰέναι ἐ. νέας Il. 13.101
;ὦρτο δ' ἐπ' αὐτούς 5.590
; στρατεύεσθαι or -εύειν ἐ. τινα, Hdt. 1.71,77, Th.1.26, etc.;ἰέναι ἐ. φάτιν S.OT 495
(lyr.); πλεῖν ἐ. τοὺσἈθηναίους Th.2.90
;πέμπειν στρατηγὸν ἐ. τινας Hdt.1.153
; θύεσθαι ἐ. τινα offer sacrifice on going against.., X.An.7.8.21; ἐφ' ὑμᾶς to your prejudice, D.6.33, 10.57.5. of extension over a space, πουλὺν ἐφ' ὑγρὴν ἤλυθον over much water, Il.10.27: ἐπ' εὐρέα νῶταθαλάσσης 2.159
;ἐ. κύματα 13.27
; ; πλέων, λεύσσων ἐ. οἴνοπα πόντον, 7.88, 5.771;ἐ. πολλὰ δ' ἀλήθην Od. 14.120
;ἄγοισι.. Ἀνδρομάχαν.. ἐπ' ἄλμυρον πόντον Sapph.Supp. 20a
. 7: also with Verbs of Rest, ἐπ' ἐννέα κεῖτο πέλεθρα over nine acres he lay stretched, Od.11.577; τόσσον ἔπ' over so much, 5.251, cf. 13.114; διώκοντες ἐ. πολύ over a large space, Th.1.50, cf. 62, etc.; ἐ. πλεῖστον ib.4;ὡς ἐ. πλεῖστον 2.34
, etc.; freq. to be rendered on,δράκων ἐ. νῶτα δαφοινός Il.2.308
; ἵππους.. ἐ. νῶτον ἐΐσας ib. 765;ὅσσα τε γαῖαν ἔπι πνείει 17.447
; ἐ. γαῖαν εἰσὶ δύω [γένη] Hes.Op.11;ἀοιδοὶ ἔασιν ἐ. χθόνα Th.95
;ἐ. γᾶν μέλαιναν ἔμμεναι κάλλιστον Sapph. Supp.5.2
; also, among,κλέος πάντας ἐπ' ἀνθρώπους Il.10.213
, cf. 24.202, 535;δασσάμενοι [κτήματ'] ἐφ' ἡμέας Od.16.385
, cf. Pl.Prt. 322d.II. of Time, for or during a certain time,ἐ. χρόνον Il.2.299
, Od.14.193:πολλὸν ἐ. χρόνον 12.407
;παυρίδιον.. ἐ. χρόνον Hes. Op. 133
;ἐ. δηρόν Il.9.415
;ἐ. πολὺν χρόνον Pl.Phd. 84c
, etc.; ἐπ'ὀλίγον χρόνον Lycurg.7
; ἐ. χρόνον τινά, ἐ. τινα χρόνον, Pl.Prt. 344b, Grg. 524d;γῆν ἀπεμίσθωσαν ἐ. δέκα ἔτη Th.3.68
; ἐ. διετές Lexap.D. 46.20;ἐ. τρεῖς ἡμέρας X.An.6.6.36
; τὸ ἐφ' ἡμέραν ἀρκέσον enough for the day, Id.Cyr.6.2.34, cf. D.50.23, Hdt.1.32; ἐ. πολύ for a long time, Th.1.6, etc.2. up to, until a certain time, εὗδον παννύχιοςκαὶ ἐπ' ἠῶ καὶ μέσον ἦμαρ Od.7.288
;οὐδ' ἐ. γῆρας ἵκετ' 8.226
.III. in various causal senses:1. of the object or purpose for which one goes, ἀγγελίην ἔπι Τυδῆ στεῖλαν sent him for (i.e. to bring) tidings of.., Il.4.384 (dub.); ἐ. βοῦν ἴτω let him go for an ox, Od.3.421;ἐ. τεύχεα δ' ἐσσεύοντο Il.2.808
;ἐλθεῖν πρός τινα ἐπ' ἀργύριον X.Cyr.1.6.12
; πέμπειν εἴς τινα ἐ. στράτευμα ib.4.5.31; ἴτω τις ἐφ' ὕδωρ ib.5.3.49; ἥκειν ἐ. τοὺς τόκους for (i.e. to demand) the interest, D.50.61: less freq. c. acc. pers.,ἐπ' Ὀδυσσῆα ἤϊε Od.5.149
, cf. S.OT 555;κατῆλθον ἐ. ποιητήν Ar.Ra. 1418
;κατέρχονται ἐ. τὸν Ἀγόρατον Lys. 13.23
: with acc. of a Noun of Action, ἐξιέναι ἐ. θήραν go out hunting, X.Cyr.1.2.9; ἔπλεον οὐχ ὡς ἐ. ναυμαχίαν (v.l. for -μαχίᾳ) Th.2.83;ἐ. μάχην ἰέναι X.An.1.4.12
; ἔρχεσθαι, ἵζειν ἐ. δεῖπνον, Il.2.381, Od.24.394;ἐ. δόρπον ἀνέστη 12.439
;κληθεὶς ἐ. δεῖπνον Pl.Smp. 174e
, etc.;καλεῖν ἐ. ξείνια Hdt.2.107
,5.18; ἐ. τὴν θεωρίαν to see the sight, Ev.Luc.23.48, cf. PTeb.33.6 (ii B.C.): freq. with neut. Pron. or Adj., ἐ. τοῦτο ἐλθεῖν for this purpose, X.An.2.5.22, cf. Th.5.87; ἐπ' αὐτὸ , etc.; ἐ. τί; to what end? Ar.Nu. 256;ἐφ' ὅ τι Id.Lys.22
, 481; ἐφ' ἃ ἤλθομεν for which purpose, Th.7.15, etc.; ἐπὶ ἴσα for like ends, Pi.N.7.5 (but ἐ. ἶσα μάχη τέτατο, = ἴσως, Il.12.436); ἐ. τὸ βέλτιον to a better result, X.An.7.8.4; ἀναστῆσαί τινα ἐ. χριστὸν Θεοῦ set up as God's anointed, LXX 2 Ki.23.1: after an Adj., ἄριστοι πᾶσανἐπ' ἰθύν Il.6.79
, cf. Od.4.434;ἄπορος ἐ. φρόνιμα S.OT 691
(lyr.); χρήσιμοςἐ... οὐδέν D.25.31
: after a Noun,ὁδὸς ἐ. τι X.Cyr.1.6.21
; ὄργανα ἐ. τι ib.6.2.34.2. so far as regards,τοὐπὶ τήνδε τὴν κόρην S.Ant. 889
;ὅσον γε τοὐπ' ἐμέ E.Or. 1345
; τοὐπί σε, τὸ ἐ. σέ, Id.Hec. 514, X.Cyr.1.4.12;τὸ ἐ. σφᾶς εἶναι Th.4.28
; ὡς ἐ. τὸ πολύ for the most part, Arist.Top. 100b29, etc.;ἐ. πᾶν Th.2.51
; τὸ πρὸς ἅπανξυνετὸν ἐ. πᾶν ἀργόν Id.3.82
;κρείσσων ἐπ' ἀρετήν Democr.181
; ἐ.μέγα Call.Dian.55
.3. of persons set over others, ἐ. τοὺς πεζοὺςκαθιστάναι ἄρχοντα X.Cyr.4.5.58
, cf. HG3.4.20; στρατηγὸς ἐ. τοὺς ὁπλίτας, ἐ. τὴν χώραν, Arist.Ath.61.1, IG22.682.24;ἐ. τὸν Πειραιέα Arist.Ath.
l.c.;ἐ. Ῥαμνοῦντα IG2.1206b
(cf. A. 111.1); οἱ θεσμοθέταιοἱ ἐ. τοὺς νόμους κληρούμενοι D.20.90
.4. according to, by, ἐ. στάθμην by the rule, Od.5.245, 21.44, etc.D. POSITION:— ἐπί may suffer anastrophe ([etym.] ἔπι) and follow its case, as in Il.1.162; it may like wise follow its Verb,ἤλυθ' ἔπι ψυχή Od.24.20
, cf. Il.9.539.II. in Poets it is sts. put with the second of two Nouns, though in sense it also governs the first, ἢ ἁλὸς ἢ ἐ.γῆς Od.12.27
, cf. S.OT 761, Ant. 367 (lyr.).E. ABS., used adverbially, without anastrophe, καὶ ἐ. σκέπαςἦν ἀνέμοιο Od.5.443
; κτεῖνον δ' ἐ. μηλοβοτῆρας as well, Il.18.529; esp. ἐ. δέ.. and besides.., Hdt.7.65,75, etc.;πολιαί τ' ἐ. ματέρες S. OT 182
(lyr.).II. ἔπι, for ἔπεστι, there is, Il.1.515, 3.45, Od.16.315; οὐ γὰρ ἔπ' ἀνήρ.. there is no man.., 2.58; σοὶ δ' ἔ. μὲν μορφὴἐπέων 11.367
;ἔ. δέ μοι γέρας A.Eu. 393
codd. (lyr.).F. PROSODY: in ἐπιόψομαι, ι is not elided before a vowel; also in some words where σ or ϝ has been lost, as ἐπιάλμενος, ἐπιείκελος, ἐπιεικής, ἐπιέξομαι (v. ). [dialect] Dor. ἐπιεργάζομαι (v. ἐπιεργάζομαι).G. IN COMPOSITION:I. of Place, denoting,2. Motion,b. to or towards, ἐπέρχομαι, ἐπιστέλλω, ἐπαρίστερος, ἐπιδέξιος.c. against,ἐπαΐσσω, ἐπιπλέω 11
, ἐπιστρατεύω, ἐπιβουλεύω.e. over a place, as in ἐπαιωρέομαι, ἐπαρτάω.f. over or beyond boundaries, as in ἐπινέμομαι.g. implying reciprocity, as in ἐπιγαμία.3. Extension over a surface, as in ἐπαλείφω, ἐπανθίζω,ἐπιπέτομαι, ἐπιπλέω 1
, ἐπάργυρος, ἐπίχρυσος.4. Accumulation of one thing over or besides another, as in ἐπαγείρω, ἐπιμανθάνω, ἐπαυξάνω, ἐπιβάλλω, ἐπίκτητος.5. Accompaniment, to, with, as in ἐπᾴδω, ἐπαυλέω, ἐπαγρυπνέω: hence of Addition, ἐπίτριτος one and 1/3 more, 1 +1/3; so ἐπιτέταρτος, ἐπίπεμπτος, ἐπόγδοος, etc.6. with Adjs., somewhat, slightly, as in ἐπίξανθος, ἐπίπικρος.II. of Time and Sequence, after, as in ἐπιβιόω, ἐπιβλαστάνω, ἐπιγίγνομαι,ἐπακόλουθος, ἐπίγονος, ἐπιστάτης 1.2
.III. in causal senses:1. Superiority felt over or at, as in ἐπιχαίρω, ἐπιγελάω, ἐπαισχύνομαι.2. Authority over, as in ἐπικρατέω, ἔπαρχος, ἐπιβουκόλος, ἐπιποιμήν.3. Motive for, as in ἐπιθυμέω, ἐπιζήμιος, ἐπιθάνατος.4. to give force or intensity to the Verb, as in ἐπαινέω, ἐπιμέμφομαι, ἐπικείρω, ἐπικλάω. -
17 hallazgo
m.1 discovery (descubrimiento).2 find (object).3 finding, discovery, find.* * *1 (descubrimiento) finding, discovery■ 'hallazgo de un cadáver' "body found"2 (cosa descubierta) find* * *noun m.1) discovery2) find* * *SM1) (=acto) discoveryfue detenido tras el hallazgo de unos documentos que le incriminaban — he was arrested following the discovery of incriminating documents
2) (=descubrimiento) [de la ciencia] discovery; [por investigador, institución] findingla revista en la que el investigador ha difundido sus hallazgos — the journal in which the researcher published his findings
3) (=cosa hallada) find4) (=recompensa) reward* * *masculino find* * *= finding, research finding, find.Ex. An informative abstract presents a clear condensation of the essential arguments and findings of the original.Ex. These cases also serve as 'springboards' to more generalized discussions about issues, values, hypotheses, research findings, points of view, and so forth.Ex. This article provides an interpretation of a major historical and archaeological find, the 1st Emperor of China's terra-cotta figures of warriors and horses.----* hallazgo fortuito = serendipity.* hallazgo secundario = incidental finding.* hallazgos principales = salient findings.* resultados + corroborar + hallazgos = results + corroborate + findings.* * *masculino find* * *= finding, research finding, find.Ex: An informative abstract presents a clear condensation of the essential arguments and findings of the original.
Ex: These cases also serve as 'springboards' to more generalized discussions about issues, values, hypotheses, research findings, points of view, and so forth.Ex: This article provides an interpretation of a major historical and archaeological find, the 1st Emperor of China's terra-cotta figures of warriors and horses.* hallazgo fortuito = serendipity.* hallazgo secundario = incidental finding.* hallazgos principales = salient findings.* resultados + corroborar + hallazgos = results + corroborate + findings.* * *find¡qué hallazgo! es el regalo ideal para él what a find! it's the ideal gift for himel nuevo programador ha sido un verdadero hallazgo the new programmer has been a real findquedaron horrorizados ante tan macabro hallazgo they were horrified by this macabre discovery* * *
hallazgo sustantivo masculino
find
hallazgo sustantivo masculino
1 (descubrimiento) discovery: el autor del hallazgo es un científico colombiano, the person responsible for the discovery is Colombian
2 (objeto encontrado) find: ¡qué hallazgo!, what a find!
' hallazgo' also found in these entries:
English:
find
* * *hallazgo nm1. [descubrimiento] discovery;comunicaron el hallazgo del cuerpo a las autoridades they informed the authorities that the body had been discovered o found;publicó sus hallazgos en una revista científica he published his findings in a scientific journal2. [objeto] find;un hallazgo arqueológico an archaeological find;ese restaurante fue todo un hallazgo that restaurant was a real find* * *m find; ( descubrimiento) discovery* * *hallazgo nm1) : discovery2) : find¡es un verdadero hallazgo!: it's a real find!* * *hallazgo n find / discovery [pl. discoveries] -
18 पूर्व _pūrva
पूर्व a. (Declined like a pronoun when it implies relative position in time or space, but optionally so in nom. pl.; and abl. and loc. sing.)1 Being in front of, first, foremost.-2 Eastern, easterly, to the east of; ग्रामात् पर्वतः पूर्वः Sk.; पूर्वापरौ तोयनिधी वगाह्य Ku.1.1.-3 Previous to, earlier than; ब्राह्मणे साहसः पूर्वः Ms.8.276.-4 Old, ancient; पूर्वसूरिभिः R.1.4; इदं कविभ्यः पूर्वेभ्यो नमोवाकं प्रशास्महे U.1.1.-5 Former, previous, anterior, prior, antecedent (opp. उत्तर); in this sense often at the end of comp. and translated by 'formerly.' or 'before'; श्रुतपूर्व &c.; व्यतीता या निशा पूर्वा पौराणां हर्षवर्धिनी Rām.7.37.1.-6 Aforesaid, before-mentioned.-7 Initial.-8 Established, customary, of long standing-9 Early, prime, पूर्वे वयसि Pt.1.165 'in early age or prime of life.-1 Elder (ज्येष्ठ); रामः पूर्वो हि नो भ्राता भविष्यति महीपतिः Rām.2.79.8.-11 (At the end of comp.) Preceded by, accompanied by, attended with; संबन्धमा भाषणपूर्वमाहुः R.2.58; पुण्यः शब्दो मुनिरिति मुहुः केवलं राजपूर्वः Ś2.17; तान् स्मितपूर्वमाह Ku.7.47; बहुमानपूर्वया 5.31; दशपूर्वरथं यमाख्यया दशकण्ठारिगुरुं विदुर्बुधाः R.8.29; so मतिपूर्वम् Ms.11.147 'intentionally', 'knowingly'; 12.89; अबोधपूर्वम् 'unconsciously', Ś.5.2. &c.-र्वः An ancestor, a forefather; पूर्वैः किलायं परिवर्धितो नः R.13.3; पयः पूर्वैः सनिश्वासैः कवोष्णमुपभुज्यते 1.67;5.14; अनुकारिणि पूर्वेषां युक्तरूपमिदं त्वयि Ś.2.17.-र्वम् The fore- part; अनवरतधनुर्ज्यास्फालनक्रूरपूर्वम् (गात्रम्) Ś.2.4.-र्वा 1 The east-2 N. of a country to the east of Madhya- deśa.-र्वम् ind.1 Before (with abl.); मासात् पूर्वम्.-2 Formerly, previously, at first, antecedently, before- hand; तं पूर्वमभिवादयेत् Ms.2.117;3.94;8.25;; R. 12.35; प्रणिपातपूर्वम् K; भूतपूर्वखरालयम् U.2.17 'which formerly was the abode', &c.; समयपूर्वम् Ś.5. 'after a formal agreement.'-3 Immemorially. (पूर्वेण 'in front', 'before', 'to the east of', with gen. or acc.; अद्य पूर्वम् 'till-now', 'hitherto';पूर्वः -ततः -पश्चात् -उपरि 'first- then, first-afterwards', 'previously, subsequently',पूर्वम् -अधुना or-अद्य 'formerly-now.'-Comp. -अग्निः the sacred fire kept in the house (आवसथ्य).-अङ्गः the first day in the civil month.-अचलः, -अद्रिः the eastern mountain behind which the sun and moon are supposed to rise.-अधिकारिन् m. the first occu- pant, a prior owner.-अन्तः the end of a preceding word.- अपर a.1 eastern and western; कतमो$यं पूर्वापर- समुद्रावगाढः सानुमानालोक्यते Ś.7; पूर्वापरौ तोयनिधी वगाह्य Ku. 1.1.-2 first and last.-3 prior and subsequent, pre- ceding and following.-4 connected with another.(-रम्) 1 what is before and behind.-2 connection; न च पूर्वापरं विद्यात् Ms.8.56.-3 the proof and the thing to be proved. ˚विरोधः inconsistency, incongruity.-अभि- मुख a. turned towards or facing the east.-अभ्यासः former practice or experience.-अम्बुधिः the eastern ocean.-अर्जित a. attained by former works. (-तम्) ancestral property.-अर्धः, -र्धम् 1 the first half; दिनस्य पूर्वार्धपरार्धभिन्ना छायेव मैत्री खलसज्जनानाम् Bh.2.6; समाप्तं पूर्वार्धम् &c.-2 the upper part (of the body); शकुन्तला पूर्वार्धेन शयनादुत्थाय Ś.3; R.16.6.-3 the first half of a hemistich.-अवसायिन् a. what occurs first or earlier; पूर्वावसायिनश्च बलीयांसो जघन्यावसायिभ्यः ŚB. on MS.12.2.34.-अह्णः the earlier part of the day, forenoon; Ms.4. 96,152. श्वः कार्यमद्य कुर्वीत पूर्वाह्णे चापराह्णिकम् (पूर्वाह्णतन, पूर्वा- ह्णिकः, पूर्वाह्णेतन a. relating to the forenoon).-आवेदकः a plaintiff.-आषाढा N. of the 2th lunar mansion con- sisting of two stars.- इतर a. western.-उक्त, -उदित a. beforementioned, aforesaid,-उत्तर a. north-eastern. (-रा) the north-east. (-रे dual) the preceding and following, antecedent and subsequent.-कर्मन् n.1 a former act or work.-2 the first thing to be done, a prior work.-3 actions done in a former life.-4 preparations, preliminary arrangements.-कल्पः former times.-कायः 1 the fore-part of the body of animals; पश्चार्धेन प्रविष्टः शरपतनभयाद् भूयसा पूर्वकायम् Ś.1.7.-2 the upper part of the body of men; स्पृशन् करेणानतपूर्वकायम् R.5.32; पर्यङ्कबन्धस्थिरपूर्वकायम् Ku.3.45.-काल a. belonging to ancient times. (-लः) former or ancient times.-कालिक, -कालीन a. ancient.-काष्ठा the east, eastern quarter.-कृत a. previously done. (-तम्) an act done in a former life.-कोटिः f. the starting point of a debate, the first statement or पूर्वपक्ष q. v.-क्रिया preparation.-गा N. of the river Godāvarī.-गङ्गा N. of the river Narmadā; रेवेन्दुजा पूर्वगङ्गा नर्मदा मेकलीद्रिजा Abh. Chin.183.-चोदित a.1 aforesaid, above-men- tioned.-2 previously stated or advanced (as an objec- tion.-ज a.1 born or produced before or formerly, first-produced, first-born; यमयोः पूर्वजः पार्थः Mb.3.141. 11.-2 ancient, old.-3 eastern.(-जः) 1 an elder brother; अपहाय महीशमार्चिचत् सदसि त्वां ननु भामपूर्वजः; Śi. 16.44; R.15.36.-2 the son of the elder wife.-3 an ancestor, a forefather; स पूर्वजानां कपिलेन रोषात् R.16.34.-4 (pl.) the progenitors of mankind.-5 the manes living in the world of the moon. (-जा) an elder sister.-जन्मन् n. a former birth. (-m.) an elder brother; स लक्ष्मणं लक्ष्मणपूर्वजन्मा (विलोक्य) R.14.44.;15.95.-जातिः f. a former birth.-ज्ञानम् knowledge of a former life.-तापनीयम् N. of the first half of नृसिंहतापनीयोपनिषद्.-दक्षिण a. south-eastern. (-णा) the south-east.-दिक्पतिः Indra, the regent of the east.-दिनम् the forenoon.-दिश् f. the east.-दिश्य a. situated towards the east, eastern.-दिष्टम् the award of destiny.-दृष्ट a.1 primæval.-2 declared by the ancients; यथा ब्राह्मण- चाण्डालः पूर्वदृष्टस्तथैव सः Ms.9.87.-देवः 1 an ancient deity.-2 a demon or Asura; भूमिदेवनरदेवसंगमे पूर्वदेवरिपुरर्हणां हरिः Śi.14.58.-3 a progenitor (पितृ).-4 (du.) an epithet of Nara-Nārāyaṇa; सव्यसाचिन् महाबाहो पूर्वदेव सनातन Mb.3. 41.35. (com. पूर्वदेव नरनारायणसख).-देवता a progenitor (पितृ) of gods or of men; अक्रोधनाः शौचपराः सततं ब्रह्म- चारिणः । न्यस्तशस्त्रा महाभागाः पितरः पूर्वदेवताः ॥ Ms.3.192.-देशः the eastern country, or the eastern part of India.-द्वार a. favourable in the eastern region.-निपातः the irregular priority of a word in a compound; cf. परनिपात.-निमित्त an omen.-निविष्ट a. made formerly, in past; यस्तु पूर्वनिविष्टस्य तडागस्योदकं हरेत् Ms.9.281.-पक्षः 1 the fore-part or side.-2 the first half of a lunar month; सर्वं पूर्वपक्षापरपक्षाभ्यामभिपन्नम् Bṛi. Up.3.1.5.-3 the first part of an argument, the prima facie argument or view of a question; विषयो विशयश्चैव पूर्वपक्षस्तथोत्तरम्.-4 the first objection to an argument.-5 the statement of the plaintiff.-6 a suit at law.-7 an assertion, a proposi- tion. ˚पादः the plaint, the first stage of a legal proceeding.-पदम् the first member of a compound or sentence.-पर्वतः the eastern mountain behind which the sun is supposed to rise.-पश्चात्, -पश्चिम ind. from the east to the west.-पाञ्चालक a. belonging to the eastern Pañch- ālas.-पाणिनीयाः m. (pl.) the disciples of Pāṇini living in the east.-पालिन् m. an epithet of Indra.-पितामहः a forefather, an ancestor; अब्रवीद् हि स मां क्रुद्धस्तव पूर्वपितामहः । मूत्रश्लेष्माशनः पाप निरयं प्रतिपत्स्यसे ॥ Mb.12.3.21.-पीठिका introduction.-पुरुषः 1 an epithet of Brahmā.-2 anyone of the first three ancestors, beginning with the father (पितृ, पितामह, and प्रपितामह); Pt.1.89.-3 an ancestor in general.-पूर्व a. each preceding one. (-र्वाः) m. (pl.) forefathers.-प्रोष्ठपदा = पूर्वभाद्रपदा; Mb.13.89.13.-फल्गुनी the eleventh lunar mansion containing two stars. ˚भवः an epithet of the planet Jupiter.-बन्धुः first or best friend; Mk.-भवः a former life.-भागः 1 the forepart.-2 the upper part.-भा(भ)द्रपदा the twentyfifth lunar mansion containing two stars.-भावः 1 priority.-2 prior or antecedent existence; येन सहैव यस्य यं प्रति पूर्वभावो$वगम्यते Tarka K.-3 (Rhet.) disclosing an intention.-भाषिन् a. willing to speak first; hence polite, courteous.-भुक्तिः f. prior occupation or possession; Ms.8.252.-भूत a. preceding, previous.-मध्याह्नः the forenoon.-मारिन् a. dying before; एवंवृत्तां सवर्णां स्त्रीं द्विजातिः पूर्वमारिणीम् (दाहयेत्) Ms.5.167.-मीमांसा 'the prior or first Mīmāṁsā', an inquiry into the first or ritual portion of the Veda, as opposed to the उत्तरमीमांसा or वेदान्त; see मीमांसा.-मुख a. having the face turned towards the east.-याम्य a. south-eastern.-रङ्गः the commencement or prelude of a drama, the prologue; यन्नाठ्यवस्तुनः पूर्वं रङ्गविघ्नोपशान्तये । कुशीलवाः प्रकुर्वन्ति पूर्वरङ्गः स उच्यते ॥ D. R; पूर्वरङ्गं विधायैव सूत्रधारो निवर्तते S. D.283; पूर्वरङ्गः प्रसंगाय नाटकीयस्य वस्तुनः Śi.2.8. (see Malli. there- on).-रागः the dawning or incipient love, love between two persons which springs (from some previous cause) before their meeting; श्रवणाद् दर्शनाद् वापि मिथः संरूढरागयोः । दशाविशेषोयो$प्राप्तौ पूर्वरागः स उच्यते ॥ S. D.214.-रात्रः the first part of the night (from dusk to midnight).-रूपम् 1 indication of an approaching change; an omen.-2 a symptom of occuring disease.-3 the first of two con- current vowels or consonants that is retained.-4 (in Rhet.) a figure of speech which consists in describing anything as suddenly resuming its former state.-लक्षणम् a symptom of coming sickness.-वयस् a. young. (-n.) youth.-वर्तिन् a. existing before, prior, previous.-वाक्यम् (in dram.) an allusion to former utterance.-वादः the first plea or commencement of an action at law; पूर्ववादं परित्यज्य यो$न्यमालम्बते पुनः । पदसंक्रमणाद् ज्ञेयो हीनवादी स वै नरः ॥ Mitā.-वादिन् m. the complainant or plaintiff.-विद् a. knowing the events of the past; historian; पृथोरपीमां पृथिवीं भार्यां पूर्वविदो विदुः Ms.9.44.-विप्रतिषेधः the conflict of two statements contrary to each other.-विहित a. deposited before.-वृत्तम् 1 a former event; पूर्ववृत्तकथितैः पुराविदः सानुजः पितृ- सखस्य राघवः (अह्यमानः) R.11.1.-2 previous conduct.-वैरिन् a. one who first commences hostilities, an ag- gressor.-शारद a. relating to the first half of autumn.-शैलः see पूर्वपर्वत.-सक्थम् the upper part of the thigh. P. V.4.98.-संचित a. gathered before (as in former birth); त्यजेदाश्वयुजे मासि मुन्यन्नं पूर्वसंचितम् Ms.6.15.-सन्ध्या daybreak, dawn; रजनिमचिरजाता पूर्वसंध्या सुतैव (अनुपतति) Si.11.4.-सर a. going in front.-सागरः the eastern ocean; स सेनां महतीं कर्षन् पूर्वसागरगामिनीम् R.4.32.-साहसः the first of the three fines; स दाप्यः पूर्वसाहसम् Ms.9.281.-स्थितिः f. former or first state. -
19 vista posterior
f.1 end view.2 posterior aspect, back view of the body or body part, rear view. -
20 interior
adj.1 inside, inner.ropa interior underwear2 domestic (politics) (comercio, política).3 inland (geography).4 interior, inside, indoor, inland.5 internal.f. & m.central midfielder (sport) (jugador).interior derecho/izquierdo inside right/leftm.1 interior (parte de dentro).el interior del edificio the inside of the buildingen el interior de inside2 interior, inland area (geography).3 inner self, heart.en mi interior deep down4 underpants (calzoncillos). (Colombian Spanish, Venezuelan Spanish)5 inside, interior.6 indoor scene.7 provinces.* * *► adjetivo■ es un piso muy oscuro porque es todo interior it's a very dark flat as none of the rooms has an outside window2 (del país) domestic, internal3 GEOGRAFÍA inland1 (en una vivienda) inside2 (conciencia) inside3 GEOGRAFÍA interior4 Interior Ministry of the Interior, ≈ GB Home Office, ≈ US Department of the Interior1 (en cine) interiors, interior shots\patio interior inner courtyard* * *1. adj.1) interior2) inner3) internal4) indoor2. noun m.1) inside2) interior3) inland* * *1. ADJ1) [espacio] interior; [patio] inner, interior; [escalera] internal, interior; [bolsillo] inside; [paz, fuerza] innerla parte interior de la casa — the inside o interior of the house
en la parte interior — inside, on the inside
habitación/piso interior — room/flat without a view onto the street
ropapista interior — (Dep) inside lane
2) (=nacional) [comercio, política, mercado] domestic3) (Geog) inland2. SM1) (=parte interna) inside, interiorel interior quedó destrozado por el fuego — the inside o interior was destroyed by the fire
el interior de la cueva — the inside o interior of the cave
2) (=alma) soul3) (Geog) interiorno soy de la costa, soy del interior — I'm not from the coast, I'm from inland
4)(Ministerio del) Interior — (Pol) ≈ Home Office, ≈ Justice Department (EEUU)
5) (Dep) inside-forward6) pl interiores (Cine) interiors* * *Ia) <patio/escalera> interior, internal, inside (before n); <habitación/piso> with windows facing onto a central staircase or patiob) <bolsillo/revestimiento> inside (before n)en la parte interior — inside o on the inside
c) <vida/mundo> innerd) <política/comercio> domestic, internalII1)a) ( parte de dentro)b) ( de un país) interiorc) (Méx, RPl, Ven) ( provincias) provinces (pl)d) ( de una persona)2) Interior masculino (period) ( Ministerio del Interior) Ministry of the Interior, ≈Department of the Interior ( in US), ≈Home Office ( in UK)3) interiores masculino plural (Cin) interior shots (pl)4) interiores masculino plural (Col, Ven) (Indum) underwear* * *= interior, intra- + Nombre, indoor, inland.Ex. The variety of reader places in a library adds interest to the interior but also provide for the many preferences of the users, some of whom seem to prefer a very busy location.Ex. The Nomenclature of Goods for the External Trade Statistics of the Community and Statistics of Trade between Member States (NIMEXE) was devised in order to facilitate the presentation of comparable statistics on intra- and extra- Community trade.Ex. If we wanted to gather everything on particular plants together under the general heading 'Horticulture,' we might change the above example to 635.9(582.675)65 to make the main facet the individual plant (in this case anemones), with environment ( indoor...) a secondary feature.Ex. However, diaries and photos also show the efforts of all expedition members to fulfil Wegener's plans for a meteorological and glaciological profile of Greenland's entire inland ice cap.----* camiseta interior de tirantes = singlet, vest.* decoración de interiores = interior landscaping, interior decoration, interior design.* decorador de interiores = interior designer.* del interior = inland.* desierto interior de Australia, el = outback, the.* diseño de interiores = interior design.* en su interior = between its covers.* escuchar la voz interior = listen to + the voice within.* hacia el interior y el exterior de = in and out of.* interior de la cubierta = inside cover.* jardín interior = internal garden.* la voz interior = the voice within.* Ministerio del Interior, el = Home Office, the.* Ministro del Interior = Minister of Internal Affairs, Home Secretary.* mobiliario y decoración interior = furnishings, home furnishings.* patio interior = enclosed courtyard.* paz interior = peace of mind, inner peace.* planta de interior = houseplant.* prenda de ropa interior = undergarment.* prenda interior = undergarment.* ropa interior = undies, underclothes.* sólo con la ropa interior puesta = in + Posesivo + underclothes.* vaciar el interior de Algo = gut.* vuelo interior = domestic flight.* zona del interior = hinterland.* zona interior despoblada = backcountry.* zonas inhabitadas del interior = back country.* zonas salvajes del interior = back country.* * *Ia) <patio/escalera> interior, internal, inside (before n); <habitación/piso> with windows facing onto a central staircase or patiob) <bolsillo/revestimiento> inside (before n)en la parte interior — inside o on the inside
c) <vida/mundo> innerd) <política/comercio> domestic, internalII1)a) ( parte de dentro)b) ( de un país) interiorc) (Méx, RPl, Ven) ( provincias) provinces (pl)d) ( de una persona)2) Interior masculino (period) ( Ministerio del Interior) Ministry of the Interior, ≈Department of the Interior ( in US), ≈Home Office ( in UK)3) interiores masculino plural (Cin) interior shots (pl)4) interiores masculino plural (Col, Ven) (Indum) underwear* * *= interior, intra- + Nombre, indoor, inland.Ex: The variety of reader places in a library adds interest to the interior but also provide for the many preferences of the users, some of whom seem to prefer a very busy location.
Ex: The Nomenclature of Goods for the External Trade Statistics of the Community and Statistics of Trade between Member States (NIMEXE) was devised in order to facilitate the presentation of comparable statistics on intra- and extra- Community trade.Ex: If we wanted to gather everything on particular plants together under the general heading 'Horticulture,' we might change the above example to 635.9(582.675)65 to make the main facet the individual plant (in this case anemones), with environment ( indoor...) a secondary feature.Ex: However, diaries and photos also show the efforts of all expedition members to fulfil Wegener's plans for a meteorological and glaciological profile of Greenland's entire inland ice cap.* camiseta interior de tirantes = singlet, vest.* decoración de interiores = interior landscaping, interior decoration, interior design.* decorador de interiores = interior designer.* del interior = inland.* desierto interior de Australia, el = outback, the.* diseño de interiores = interior design.* en su interior = between its covers.* escuchar la voz interior = listen to + the voice within.* hacia el interior y el exterior de = in and out of.* interior de la cubierta = inside cover.* jardín interior = internal garden.* la voz interior = the voice within.* Ministerio del Interior, el = Home Office, the.* Ministro del Interior = Minister of Internal Affairs, Home Secretary.* mobiliario y decoración interior = furnishings, home furnishings.* patio interior = enclosed courtyard.* paz interior = peace of mind, inner peace.* planta de interior = houseplant.* prenda de ropa interior = undergarment.* prenda interior = undergarment.* ropa interior = undies, underclothes.* sólo con la ropa interior puesta = in + Posesivo + underclothes.* vaciar el interior de Algo = gut.* vuelo interior = domestic flight.* zona del interior = hinterland.* zona interior despoblada = backcountry.* zonas inhabitadas del interior = back country.* zonas salvajes del interior = back country.* * *1 ‹patio/escalera› interior, internal, inside ( before n); ‹habitación/piso› with windows facing onto a central staircase or patio2 ‹bolsillo/revestimiento› inside ( before n)la parte interior del colchón the inside o interior of the mattressen la parte interior inside o on the inside3 ‹vida/mundo› inneroyó una voz interior que la recriminaba she heard an inner voice reproaching her4 ‹política/comercio› domestic, internalA1(parte de dentro): el interior del cajón estaba vacío the drawer was emptyveía lo que ocurría en el interior de la habitación she could see what was happening inside the roomel interior estaba en perfectas condiciones the interior was in perfect condition, inside it was in perfect condition2 (de un país) interiorel interior es muy montañoso the interior is very mountainous, inland it is very mountainousen el interior in the provinces, away from the capital4(de una persona): en su interior estaba muy intranquilo inside o inwardly he was very worrieden el interior de su alma la amaba deep down he really loved herCompuestos:masculine and feminine inside rightmasculine and feminine inside leftBInterior masculine ( period) (Ministerio del Interior) Ministry of the Interior, ≈ Department of the Interior ( in US), ≈ Home Office ( in UK)* * *
interior adjetivo
‹habitación/piso› with windows facing onto a central staircase or patio
◊ en la parte interior inside o on the inside
■ sustantivo masculino
1
( de edificio) interior, inside;
( de un país) interior;
c) ( de una persona):
allá en su interior la amaba deep down he really loved her
2◊ Interior sustantivo masculino (period) ( Ministerio del Interior) Ministry of the Interior, ≈ Department of the Interior ( in US), ≈ Home Office ( in UK)
3◊ interiores sustantivo masculino plural (Col, Ven) (Indum) underwear
interior
I adjetivo
1 inner, inside, interior: es un piso interior, the flat doesn't overlook the street
ropa interior, underwear
2 (espiritual) inward, interior
monólogo interior, interior monologue
3 Pol domestic, internal
comercio interior, inland o domestic trade
4 Geography inland
II sustantivo masculino
1 inside, interior
figurado en mi interior estaba arrepentida, deep down I was sorry
2 Geography interior
3 Pol Ministerio del Interior, Home Office, US Department of the Interior ➣ Ver nota en ministerio 4 Cine (usu pl) están rodando interiores, they are filming interiors
' interior' also found in these entries:
Spanish:
adentro
- baldosa
- camiseta
- chimenea
- combinación
- comercio
- corral
- decoración
- decorador
- decoradora
- dentro
- destripar
- faja
- fondo
- forrar
- forro
- homóloga
- homólogo
- iluminación
- interiorismo
- interiorista
- lencería
- linterna
- ministerio
- ministra
- ministro
- nacional
- PIB
- prenda
- producto
- revocar
- ropa
- seno
- vacía
- vacío
- corpiño
- enagua
- franela
- galería
- planta
- política
- relleno
- retrovisor
- secretario
- slip
English:
affair
- bodice
- brassiere
- corner
- design
- emptiness
- GDP
- gut
- home
- Home Secretary
- inboard
- indoor
- inland
- inner
- inside
- interior
- internal
- inward
- offshore
- passage
- passageway
- shadow cabinet
- slip
- small
- sparsely
- stream
- trade
- underclothes
- underwear
- unspoken
- wall
- within
- house
- ledge
- out
- pith
- quadrangle
- revamp
- under
* * *♦ adj1. [de dentro] inside, inner;[patio, jardín] interior, inside; [habitación, vida] inner;ropa interior, prendas interiores underwear;adelantó por la calle interior he overtook on the inside2. [nacional] domestic;comercio interior domestic trade;un asunto de política interior a domestic (policy) issue3. Geog inland♦ nm1. [parte de dentro] inside, interior;desalojaron el interior del edificio they evacuated the (inside of the) building;pintaron el interior de la habitación they painted the room;en el interior del hotel se agolpaban las admiradoras his admirers formed a crowd inside the hotel;en el interior de la botella había un mensaje there was a message inside the bottle2. [de país] interior, inland area3. [de una persona] inner self, heart;en mi interior deep down4. Col, Ven [calzoncillos] underpants♦ nmfDep [jugador] central midfielder interior izquierdo inside left;interior derecho inside right* * *I adj1 interior; bolsillo inside atr2 COM, POL domesticII m1 interior;en su interior fig inwardly2 DEP inside-forward, central midfielder3:* * *interior adj: interior, innerinterior nm1) : interior, inside2) : inland region* * *interior1 adj1. (jardín, patio) interior2. (habitación, piso) inner3. (bolsillo) inside4. (comercio, política) domesticinterior2 n interior / insideen el interior de inside / in
См. также в других словарях:
The Body (novella) — Infobox short story | name = The Body author = Stephen King country = United States language = English genre = Novella published in = Different Seasons publication type = Anthology publisher = Viking Press media type = Print (Paperback) pub date … Wikipedia
The Body, The Blood, The Machine — Infobox Album Name = The Body, The Blood, The Machine Type = studio Artist = The Thermals Released = August 22, 2006 Recorded = 2006 Genre = Indie rock Length = Label = Sub Pop Producer = Brendan Canty Reviews = *Allmusic rating|3.5|5 [http://www … Wikipedia
view of the body — An essential of an inquest conducted by coroner or medical examiner. 18 Am J2d Corn § 11. The expression means more than looking, seeing, beholding. It means inspection; investigation; an inquiry into the cause of the death. Lancaster County v… … Ballentine's law dictionary
Theology of the Body — is the topic of a series of 129 lectures given by Pope John Paul II during his Wednesday audiences in the Pope Paul VI Hall between September 1979 and November 1984. It was the first major teaching of his pontificate. The complete addresses were… … Wikipedia
Defence of the True and Catholic Doctrine of the Sacrament of the Body and Blood of Christ — The Defence of the True and Catholic Doctrine of the Sacrament of the Body and Blood of Christ is a book by Thomas Cranmer, Archbishop of Canterbury. It was published in July 1550, and was Cranmer s first full length book, but at his trial in… … Wikipedia
Catholic theology of the body — is a review of historical positions and views on the role of the human body. Catholic Theology of the Body is based on the premise that the human body has its origin in God. It will be, like the body of Jesus, resurrected, transformed and taken… … Wikipedia
Invasion of the Body Snatchers — Infobox Film name = Invasion of the Body Snatchers image size = caption = Theatrical poster director = Don Siegel producer = Walter Wanger writer = Novel: Jack Finney Screenplay: Daniel Mainwaring Uncredited: Richard Collins narrator = starring … Wikipedia
Scotty The Body — Scott Levy Daten Ringname(n) Scotty The Body Scott Anthony Scotty Flamingo Johnny Polo Raven … Deutsch Wikipedia
The Stranger (novel) — The Stranger 1st US version … Wikipedia
view — [[t]vju͟ː[/t]] ♦ views, viewing, viewed 1) N COUNT: usu with supp, oft N on n, N that Your views on something are the beliefs or opinions that you have about it, for example whether you think it is good, bad, right, or wrong. Washington and… … English dictionary
Body of vertebra — Bone: Body of vertebra A typical thoracic vertebra, viewed from above. (Body visible at top center.) … Wikipedia
